NSN 7610-66-142-8106

ARMY STANDING ORDERS FOR DRESS 1993 VOLUME 2

Army Standing Orders for Dress 1993 Volume 2, Edition 1, 1996

Published by: Director Publishing and Visual Communications Defence Centre - Canberra

Commonwealth of Australia 1996 This work is copyright. Apart from any use as permitted under the Copyright Act 1968 (Cwlth), no part may be reproduced by any process without prior written permission from the Director Publishing and Visual Communications, Defence Centre - Canberra, Department of Defence.

ARMY STANDING ORDERS FOR DRESS 1993 VOLUME 2

Department of Defence (Army Headquarters) CANBERRA ACT 7 January 1998 Issued by my command J.M. SANDERSON Lieutenant General Chief of Army

iii

AMENDMENT CERTIFICATE
1. 2.
Proposals for amendments or additions to the text of this pamphlet should be made through normal channels to the sponsor. To facilitate this, there are amendment proposal forms at the back of this publication.

It is certified that the amendments promulgated in the undermentioned amendment lists have been made in this pamphlet. Amendment List Num ber 1. 2. 3. 019/01 Date 19 Aug 97 8 Oct 97 05 Jan 98 May 01 Signal Amendment (at end of publication) 10 Jun 97 13 Jan 98 09 Jul 98 Amended By (Printed Name and Initials) Date of Amending

DISTRIBUTION
1. The scale of issue for Volume 2 of the Army Standing Orders for Dress is Scale C.

vii

CONTENTS
Title Page Amendment Certificate Distribution Contents Page iii v vii-xvii Paragraphs

PART 1
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Description Authority for Standing Orders for Dress CHAPTER 2 WEARING OF UNIFORM General Australian Army Cadet Corps Inactive Reserve Philanthropic Organisations Honorary Colonels/Colonels Commandant and Other Honorary Appointments Orders of Dress Worn on Particular Occasions Annex A. Orders of Dress Worn on Particular Occasions CHAPTER 3 PROCEDURES FOR DRESS SUBMISSIONS Authority for Variation Dress Proposals to Vary Dress Annex A. Submission Format of Proposal to Vary Dress 301 302-3 201 202 203 204-7 208-9 210 101-3 104

PART 2 - SPECIAL ORDERS OF DRESS

CHAPTER 4 SENIOR OFFICER DRESS GENERAL Introduction Senior Officers in Corps Appointments UNIFORM Orders of Dress ITEMS OF DRESS AND EMBELLISHMENTS Headdress Hat, Cap and Beret Badges Gorget Patches Shoulder Titles 401 402 403-9 410-12 413-9 420-9 430-1

viii

CHAPTER 4 (Contd)

Rank Insignia . . . . . . . . . Swords and Other Ceremonial Accoutrements Special Orders of Dress . . . . . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

432 433-5 4 3

CHAPTER 5

SPECIAL APPOINTMENTS GENERAL Introduction Special Appointments Selected Personnel UNIFORMS Orders of Dress Swords and Other Ceremonial Accoutrements Special Orders of Dress 501 502 503 504-9 510 511

CHAPTER 6

MESS DRESS Introduction Definitions Senior Officer Mess Dress Procedure on Corps Transfer ITEMS OF MESS DRESS Black Bow Tie Braces Cufflinks Cummerbunds Footwear Mess Dress Jackets and Waistcoat Mess Dress Trousers and Skirts Shirts Shirt Studs Spurs EMBELLISHMENT OF MESS DRESS General Mess Dress Mess Dress White Jacket (Commissioned Officers) Mess Dress White Jacket (Warrant Officers and Noncommissioned Officers) Mess Dress White Shirt Positioning of Embellishments Annexes A. Positioning Embellishments on Mess Dress (Senior Officers) B. Positioning Embellishments on Mess Dress (Officers Lieutenant Colonel and below) C. Positioning Embellishments on Mess Dress White Jacket (Commissioned Officers) D. Positioning Embellishments on Mess Dress White Jacket (Warrant Officers and Noncommissioned Officers) E. Positioning Embellishments on Mess Dress White Shirt 601-2 603-9 610-19 620-4 625 626 627 628 629 630-2 633-9 640-3 644 645-8 649-50 651-2 653 654 655-6 657-69

ix CHAPTER 7 MILITARY POLICE General Military Police Embellishments and Accoutrements Orders of Dress CHAPTER 8 PHYSICAL TRAINING INSTRUCTORS Introduction Eligibility Entitlement Wearing of Physical Training Dress Embellishment of Physical Training Dress Orders of Dress PT I- Physical Training Dress CHAPTER 9 CATERING TRADES General ITEMS OF DRESS Aprons Bow Tie Black Chef Jacket, White Cufflinks Cummerbund Black Footwear Headdress Jacket White, Eton Style Shirts Skirt Steward, Dark Blue Australian Army Catering Corps Sweater Lightweight, Black Trousers Steward, Dark Blue DRESS EMBELLISHMENT Rank Insignia Army Badge Trade Badges Military Skills Badge Parachutist Badges Other Embellishments Orders of Dress CHAPTER 10 SCOTTISH DRESS GENERAL Authority for Wearing Provision of Scottish Dress Wearing of Scottish Dress Scottish Orders of Dress ITEMS OF SCOTTISH DRESS Bonnets Gaiters Highland Hackles Hose Tops Kilt Panels and Kilt Rosettes Regimental Cross Belt Regimental Flashes Regimental Kilt Regimental Plaid (Piper) Regimental Plaid (Drummer) 1001 1002-3 1004-9 1010-14 1015-20 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 901-5 906 907-8 909-14 915 916 917-18 919 920 921-4 925 926 927 929-30 931 932 933 934 935-44 945-6 801 802 803-4 805 806-10 811 Table 8-1 701-3 704-7 708

CHAPTER 10 (Contd)

Regimental Waist Belt . . Sash Drum Major . . . Sash Scarlet (RA Inf) Shoes Highland Sporran Stockings Scottish Dress Accessories Orders of Dress BAND CEREMONIAL DRESS

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

1030 1031 1032-4 1035 1036 1037 1038-42

CHAPTER 11

General Wearing Band Ceremonial Uniform Items of Ceremonial Dress Other Badges Orders of Dress CHAPTER 12 CHAPLAINS Introduction Dress Embellishments Ecclesiastical Dress CHAPTER 13 MEDICAL, DENTAL AND NURSING WORKING DRESS Introduction Special Instructions Wearing and Positioning of Embellishments Orders of Dress CHAPTER 14 Army Fire Service General Orders of Dress CHAPTER 15 MILITARY EQUESTRIAN DRESS General Responsibility for Provision of Technical Advice Wearing of Military Equestrian Uniform Entitlement Saddlecloths and Equipment Orders of Dress CHAPTER 16 RESERVED

1101-3 1104-14 1115-29 1130 1131

1201 1202-4 1205-7

1301 1302 1303-6 1307

1401-4 1405

1501-2 1503 1504-5 1506 1507-9 1510

CHAPTER 17

RESERVED

xi CHAPTER 18 CLOTHING ITEMS ACADEMIC DRESS BELTS Wearing of Belts BERETS BOOTS Parade Boots Black General Purpose Boots Field Boots Half Wellington Boots Safety Footwear BRACES BREECHES CAPS CARDIGANS CHINSTRAPS COLOUR BELT GLOVES HANDBAGS HATS/HEADDRESS Hat Khaki Fur Felt Field Hat Kepi Headdress, Royal Australian Army Nursing Corps Working Dress Helmet - White JACKET LEATHER MOTORCYCLE MATERNITY DRESS NECKTIES Necktie Khaki Polyester Black Bow Tie OVERCOAT PANTIHOSE AND STOCKINGS PUGGAREES RAINCOATS SAFARI SUIT SERVICE DRESS SHIRTS Khaki Polyester Disruptive Pattern Combat Uniform Necktie Khaki Polyester Mess Dress SHOES 1801 1805 1805-15 1816 1820 1820 1821 1822-3 1824 1825 1826 1827 1829 1834 1836 1837 1843 1845 1845 1845-8 1849 1845-8 1851 1852 1853 1856 1861 1861-4 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1880 1886 1888 1888-91 1892-3 1861-4 1894 1895

SHORTS SKIRTS
Length of Skirts

1899 18-102
18-103

SOCKS

18-104

xii

STOCKINGS SWEATERS Sweater, Khaki Sweater, Khaki Field Wearing Belts with Sweaters TROUSERS Mess Dress Trousers TURBANS UMBRELLAS UTILITY JACKET OTHER DRESS ITEMS Annex: A. Tying a Windsor Knot CHAPTER 19 ACCOUTREMENTS AND EMBELLISHMENTS AIGUILLETTES ARMLETS BANDOLIERS BELT HOOKS BRASSARDS BROOCH-ROYAL AUSTRALIAN ARMY NURSING CORPS INSIGNIA BUTTONS CANES EMU TUFTS AND PLUMES Emu Plumes Emu Tufts LANCES LANYARDS MOURNING BANDS NAMEPLATES AND NAME TAGS Nameplates Name Tags PACE STICK SASHES Ceremonial Waist Sash Shoulder Sash SHOULDER BOARDS, SHOULDER SLIDES AND SHOULDER CORDS Shoulder Boards Shoulder Slides Shoulder Cords SIGNS-NATIONAL DISTINGUISHING (NATIONAL FLAG) SIGNS-UNITED NATIONS SPURS

18-109 18-110 18-110-11 18-112-15 18-116-18 18-119 18-123-5 18-126 18-127 18-129 18-132

1901 1907 1910 1913 1915 1916 1920 1925 1928 1928-9 1930-5 1936 1945 1949 1956 1928-9 1930-5 1962 1971 1971 1972-4 1975 1975-6 1977-9 1980-5 1986 1988 1996

xiii CHAPTER 19 (Contd) SWORDS AND ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Officers, Senior Officers and Special Appointments Officers and Warrant Officers Class One Ensigns of Flag Parties, Colour Parties, Regimental Sergeant Majors and Drum Majors Assembly of Sword Equipment (Suspended) Assembly of Sword Equipment (Slung) Sword Knots . . . . 1997 1997-8 1999 19-100 19-101-2 19-103 19-104-6 19-107-9

PART 4 - BADGES AND EMBLEMS

CHAPTER 20 AUSTRALIAN ARMY BADGE AND TITLES AUSTRALIAN ARMY BADGE Description Wearing the Badge Positioning the Badge Embroidered Shoulder Badge AUSTRALIA SHOULDER TITLE Description Wearing Shoulder Titles Positioning Shoulder Titles CHAPTER 21 CORPS/REGIMENT BADGES AND TITLES General Hat/Cap Badges Collar Badges Positioning of Badges Shoulder Titles CHAPTER 22 RANK BADGES AND INSIGNIA OFFICER Description Wearing Badges of Rank Positioning of Rank Badges WARRANT OFFICER Description Wearing of Badges of Rank Positioning of Rank Badges NONCOMMISSIONED OFFICER Description Wearing of Badges of Rank Positioning of Badges of Rank OFFICER CADET Dress Embellishments Annex: A. Appointment Insignia and Badges of Rank of the Australian Army CHAPTER 23 AIRCREW BADGES Description Eligibility Wearing the Badges Positioning the Badges 2301-3 2301-6 2307 2308-10 2201 2201 2202-4 2205-7 2208 2208-9 2210-12 2213-14 2215 2215 2216-18 2219-21 2225 2225 2101 2102-3 2104 2105-10 2111-13 2001 2001 2002-4 2005-8 2009-11 2012 2012 2013 2014

xiv

CHAPTER 24

PARACHUTIST BADGES Description Eligibility Wearing the Badges Special Conditions Positioning the Badges 2401-3 2404 2405 2406-8 2409-12

CHAPTER 25

TRADE QUALIFICATION BADGES General Positioning of Trade Qualification Badges Annexe: A. Air Dispatcher B. Ammunition Technical Officer/Technician C. Artificer D. Drummer E. Explosive Ordnance Disposal (Royal Australian Engineers) F. Musician G. Parachute Rigger H. Piper I. Physical Training Instructor 2501-3 2504-8

CHAPTER 26

MILITARY SKILLS BADGES General Annexes: A. Skills at Arms and Sniper Badge B. Army Top 20 Badge 2601

CHAPTER 27

OTHER BADGES AND INSIGNIA General Annexes: A. Infantry Combat Badge B. Army Individual Readiness Notification Badge C. Army Reserve Lapel Badge D. Recruit Instructor Badge E. Retired Member Badge F. Royal Cypher and Crown Insignia 2701-2

xv CHAPTER 28 EMBLEMS OF AWARDS General Annexes: A. Unit Citations B. Chief of the Defence Force, Chief of Army and Two Star General Commendations C. Royal Australian Navy and Royal Australian Air Force Commendations. CHAPTER 29 RESERVED 2801

PART 5 - HONOURS AND AWARDS

CHAPTER 30 ORDERS, DECORATIONS AND MEDALS General Definitions Promotion Within an Order Bar to Awards Awards for which a Medal is not Awarded Unofficial Awards Foreign Awards Order of Precedence Annex: A. Order of Wearing Australian Honours and Awards CHAPTER 31 WEARING OF ORDERS, DECORATIONS AND MEDALS General Imperial System of Honours and Awards WEARING OF ORDERS, DECORATIONS AND MEDALS WITH UNIFORM Wearing Neck Badges Wearing of Medals Wearing of Campaign/War Medals Miniature Medals and Ribands Bards, Clasps and Emblems Worn on Decorations and Medals Wearing of Ribbons of Orders, Decorations and Medals Clasps, Emblems and Devices Worn on Ribbons Emblems of Unit Awards Wearing of Unofficial Awards Order of St John of Jerusalem - Silver Cross Wearing of Orders, Decorations and Medals of Next of Kin WEARING OF ORDERS, DECORATIONS AND MEDALS WITH CIVILIAN CLOTHES General Wearing Decorations with Evening Dress and Dinner jacket Wearing Decorations with Morning Dress Wearing Decorations with Lounge Suit 3101 3102 3001-8 3009-10 3011 3012-14 3015-16 3017-19 3020 3021

3103-8 3109-15 3116-24 3125-9 3130-3 3134-42 3143-8 3149 3150 3151 3152-64

3165 3166-70 3171 3172

xvi

CHAPTER 31 (Contd)

FEMALE MEMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . Summary of the Requirements for Wearing Insignia with Civilian Dress Positioning of Decorations Annex: A. Imperial System of Honours and Awards

3173-4 3175 3176

CHAPTER 32

MAINTENANCE OF AWARDS General Security Replacement of Medals Medals and Ribands Mounting of Orders, Decorations and Medals Wearing Commendation for Gallantry, Commendation for Brave Conduct and Commendation for Distinguished Conduct Wearing Mentioned Dispatches and Sovereigns Commendations Bars to Awards Clasps to Service Medals and Champion Shot Medal Clasps to Defence Force Service Awards Clasps to National medal Order of Australia - Method of Mounting Ribbon on Ribbon Bar Annex: A. Order of Australia - method of Mounting Ribbon on Ribbon Bar B. Vietnamese Campaign Medal - clasp and Emblem 3201 3202-3 3204 3205-6 3207-12 3213-19 3220-2 3223-5 3226-34 3235 3236-7 3238

CHAPTER 33

FOREIGN AWARDS General Restricted/Unrestricted Approval Wearing of Foreign Awards Wearing of Foreign Awards Earned while a Member of a Foreign Service 3201-2 3203-4 3205-8 3209

CHAPTER 34

RESERVED

CHAPTER 35

RESERVED

PART 6 - UNIT COLOUR PATCHES

CHAPTER 36 UNIT COLOUR PATCH SYSTEM OUTLINE HISTORY Original 1915-49 Pattern Patches Introduction of New Patches The Two Series of Unit Colour patches CONCEPT OF THE UNIT COLOUR PATCH SYSTEM General Series I Colour Patches Series II Colour Patches 3601-4 3605-9 3610 3611-12 3613-15 3616-19

xvii CHAPTER 36 (Contd) PRINCIPLES OF THE SYSTEM Experience Base . . . . . Principles Annex: A. Design Specifications and Classification of Series I and Series I Extended Unit Colour Patches B. Design Specifications and Classification of Series II Unit Colour Patches C. Colour Spectrum for Unit Colour Patches CHAPTER 37 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES General Entitlement Authorisation Submissions for Series I Unit Colour Patch Patterns Positioning of Unit Colour Patch Provision of Unit Colour Patch Administration Annexes: A. Submission for a Series I Unit Colour Patch B. Demand for Supply of Unit Colour Patch CHAPTER 38 UNIT COLOUR PATCH REGISTER (To Be Issued) CHAPTER 39 EXPANSION BASE (To Be Issued) 3701 3702-3 3704-8 3709-15 3716-24 3725 3726-29 3730 . . . . . . . . . 3620-1 3622-32

PART 7 - OTHER ORGANISATIONS

CHAPTER 40 AUSTRALIAN ARMY CADET CORPS (To Be Issued)

PART 1

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION
Description 101 Volume 1 of these orders contains essential information on those aspects of dress which are applicable to the majority of personnel in the Army and is issued on a wide distribution to ensure that personnel can be informed on the basic instructions for dress. 102 Volume 2 contains the additional information which is necessary for those who supervise or who are required to provide advice on dress. It contains the orders of dress which are worn by small numbers of specialist personnel such as military police and physical training instructors and which are not on general issue to the Army; details on special dress such as Scottish dress; and precise detail on the dimensions, specifications and positioning of embellishments. It is to be read in conjunction with volume 1. 103 The use of two separate volumes allows easy access to general information which is required by the majority of personnel but also allows the more complex, detailed and specialised information to be presented in a logical manner for those who require that information. Authority for Standing Orders for Dress 104 As stated in volume 1, chapter 1, paragraphs 101-2, these orders are issued by the command of the Chief of Army and apply to all ranks of the Army and to other persons entitled to wear the Australian Army uniform. Paragraph 103 states that orders are not to be varied without the approval of the Assistant Chief of Army Personnel. The procedure for making submission for change to dress orders is given in chapter 3 of this volume.

CHAPTER 2

WEARING OF UNIFORM
General 201 The provisions for the wearing of uniform by members of the Australian Regular Army and Army Reserve are included in Army Standing Orders for Dress (ASOD) volume 1, chapter 3. This chapter details the provisions for those groups not included in volume 1. Australian Army Cadet Corps 202 Members of the Australian Army Cadet Corps are authorised to wear uniform in accordance with the instructions contained in chapter 40 of these Orders and the Australian Army Cadet Corps Manual. Inactive Reserve 203 Members of the Inactive Reserve may wear the appropriate uniform when attending military ceremonies or military entertainments. Philanthropic Organisations 204 Accredited members of approved philanthropic organisations may be issued temporarily with civilian pattern protective clothing and footwear, Disruptive Pattern Combat Uniform and load carrying equipment. 205 General duty uniforms purchased by the philanthropic organisation may be worn with decorations and campaign ribbons, but without any Army embellishments, titles or badges of rank. 206 Grading/status badge provided by the approved philanthropic organisation may be worn with decorations and campaign ribbons, but without any Army embellishments, titles or badges of rank. 207 Philanthropic representatives deployed overseas are not to wear Army uniforms or embellishments. They are to be clearly identifiable as civilian representatives accompanying armed forces. During periods of increased security, authority may be given for the issue and wearing of a helmet and flak jacket to protect philanthropic representatives from personal injury. Honorary Colonels/colonels Commandment and Other Honorary Appointments 208 An officer or person appointed honorary colonel, colonel commandant or regimental colonel of a corps or regiment, may wear uniform when attending activities of the corps or regiment. The uniform and embellishments of the corps or regiment, including lanyard, with the badges of rank of a colonel are worn, but without coloured cap-band, gorget patches or senior officers cap badge. Alternatively, an officer may wear the badges of rank and other insignia of the rank which they held on the Active List, Inactive Reserve or of the military rank or title granted on retirement. For example; a retired Brigadier may wear the embellishments, and would not wear any Corps/Regiment embellishments such as shoulder titles, lanyard or Corps/Regiment badges. Regardless of rank, the appropriate special to corps/regiment beret may be worn in accordance with corps custom and these orders. Honorary appointments wear either the mess dress of the corps with the rank insignia of colonel or the mess dress to which they are entitled by virtue of their rank on retirement. 209 Honorary appointments are to wear the orders of dress as detailed in ASOD volume 1.

Orders of Dress Worn on Particular Occasions 210 Annex A to this chapter details the dress to be worn by all personnel on particular occasions. If doubt exists as to the correct order of dress, the advice of superior headquarters or Army Headquarters (Director-General Personal Support and Conditions - Army) should e sought. Annex: A. Orders of Dress worn on Particular Occasions

ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 2

ORDERS OF DRESS WORN ON PARTICULAR OCCASIONS

Serial (a) 1 Occasion (b) ANZAC Day Capacity of Participant (c) Orders of Dress (d) Remarks (e)

a. Troops on parade Ceremonial parade orders of dress. (Dress orders 1A and 1B) b. Invited guests Ceremonial orders of dress. (Dress Orders 2A, 2B and 2D.) Notes 1, 4 and 8.

c. Military spectators Civilian Dress and marchers other than troops on parde. 2 Academic Graduation Recipients and Invited Ceremonial Service Guests Dress. (Dress Order 2B.) Note 5. Eligible personnel may wear academic dress over uniform. Recipients of degrees etc or members of academic staff may wear academic headdress, guests and spectators wear military headdress. Refer to chapter 18.

Balls: a. Service Ball a. Officers, Warrant Officers and SNCO Mess orders of dress. (Dress Orders 6A and 6B.) Ceremonial Service Dress. (Dress Order 2B.) Note 5. Civilian dress or Mess orders of dress (Dress Orders 6A and 6B) as appropriate or as indicated. General duty orders of See also Vice-Regal dress. (Dress Orders Occasions. 3A, 3B and 3C.) Notes 2 and 6.

b. Other Ranks

b. Civilian Ball

All ranks

Calling (other than Vice-Regal)

Serial (a) 5

Occasion (b) Ceremonial Parade, including Guard of Honour and Trooping the Colour a.

Capacity of Participant (c)

Orders of Dress (d)

Remarks (e) Patrol Blues/Whites are worn at ceremonial parade by entitled members only. They are only worn by those members when those orders of dress are worn by troops on parade.

Troops on parade Ceremonial parade and other than orders of dress. participants (Dress Orders 1A, 1B and 1C).

b. Reviewing officer Patrol Blues/Whites (3) or ceremonial orders of dress. Note 7. c. Invited guests and spectators. Patrol Blues/Whites (3) or ceremonial orders of dress. Notes 1, 4 and 7.

6 7

Church Service Court Martial

All personnel a. Personnel . involved in court . proceedings b. Spectators

General duty orders of Church parades as dress. designated by the unit. Ceremonial orders of dress. Notes 1 and 4. General duty orders of dress. (Dress Orders 3A, 3B and 3C).

Dining in a Service Mess: a. Formal Officers, Warrant Officers and Senior NCO Other Ranks Mess orders of dress. (Dress Orders 6A, 6B and 6C.) General Duty Service Dress. (Dress Order 3B.) Civilian dress or dress of the day (as directed).

b. Informal

All personnel

Serial (a) 9

Occasion (b) Diplomatic Occasion: a. Formal Dinner

Capacity of Participant (c)

Orders of Dress (d)

Remarks (e)

Invited guests

Patrol Blues/Whites (3) Mess orders of dress (Dress Orders 6A and 6B) or as indicated on invitation. Lounge Suit or as indicated on invitation. Service Dress General Duty (Dress Order 3B) or as indicated on invitation. Lounge Suit. As indicated on invitation. General duty orders of dress. (Dress Orders 3A, 3B and 3C), protective dress or barracks dress (Dress Order 4). In accordance with CDF Policy Directive No 15 (appendix 1 to this annex).

b. Informal Dinner

Invited guests

c. National Day or Invited guests Armed Forces Day Reception d. Other Reception e. Other Occasion 10 Invited guests Invited guests

Duty (office, barrack, All personnel etc, including travelling to and from place of employment)

11

Funerals: a. Service funeral a. Funeral service participants b. Mourners Ceremonial parade orders of dress. (Dress Orders 1A and 1B.) Ceremonial orders of dress. (Dress Orders 2A, 2B and 2D.) Notes 1, 5 and 8. Ceremonial orders of dress. (Dress Orders 2A, 2B and 2D.) (Notes 1, 5 and 8.) or civilian dress Approval of a members CO is required to wear uniform. See Ceremonial Parade. All personnel Ceremonial parade orders of dress. (Dress Orders 1A and 1B.)

b. Civilian funeral

All personnel

12 13

Guard of Honour House Guard

Serial (a) 14

Occasion (b) Investiture

Capacity of Participant (c) a. Recipients

Orders of Dress (d) Ceremonial Dress. (Dress Order 2A) or Ceremonial Service Dress. (Dres Order 2B.) Note 5.

Remarks (e) Recipients wear ribbons only.

b. Invited guests and Ceremonial Dress. spectators (Dress Order 2A) or Ceremonial Service Dress. (Dress Order 2B.) Note 5. 15 Memorial Service: a. Outdoor a. Troops on parade Ceremonial parade orders of dress. (Dress and other Orders 1A and 1B.) participants b. Invited guests and Patrol Blues/Whites spectators (Note 3) or ceremonial orders of dress (Dress Orders 2A, 2B and 2D). Notes 1, 4, 5 and 8. b. Indoor Invited guests and spectators Patrol Blues/Whites (Note 3) or ceremonial orders of dress (Dress Orders 2A, 2B and 2D). Notes 1, 4, 5 and 8.

Invited guests and spectators in uniform wear medals.

16

Official Function: a. State occasion (night time) Invited guests Patrol Blues/Whites (Note 3), Mess orders of dress (Dress Orders 6A and 6B)as appropriate or as indicated on invitation. Patrol Blues/Whites (Note 3) or ceremonial orders of dress (Dress Orders 2A, 2B and 2D). Notes 1, 4, 5 and 8. General duty orders of dress. (Dress Orders 3A, 3B and 3C.) Notes 2 and 6.

b. State occasion (daytime)

Invited guests

c. Other occasion

Invited guests

Serial (a) 17

Occasion (b) Remembrance Day

Capacity of Participant (c)

Orders of Dress (d)

Remarks (e)

a. Troops on parade Ceremonial parade orders of dress. (Dress Orders 1A and 1B.) b. Invited guests and Ceremonial orders of spectators dress (Dress Orders 2A, 2B and 2D). Notes 1, 4 and 5. c. Military spectators Ceremonial orders of dress (Dress Orders 2A, 2B and 2D). Notes 1, 5 and 8.

18

Service function All personnel attended by the public

General duty orders of dress. (Dress Orders 3A, 3B and 3C.) Note 2. General duty orders of Refer to ASOD volume dress. (Dress Orders 1, paragraphs 331-4. 3A, 3B and 3C) or civilian clothing. See Ceremonial Parade.

19

Travelling on duty

All personnel

20

Trooping the Colour

21

Vice-Regal Occasion: a. calling As appropriate Ceremonial orders of dress (without sword). (Dress Orders 2A, 2B and 2D). Notes 1, 5 and 8. General duty orders of dress. (Dress Orders 3A, 3B and 3C.) Notes 2 and 6. Patrol Blues/Whites (Note 3) or Mess orders of dress (Dress Orders 6A and 6B) as appropriate, or as indicated on invitation.

b. Day function (including garden party)

Invited guests

c. Evening/night function

Invited guests

Serial (a) 22

Occasion (b)

Capacity of Participant (c)

Orders of Dress (d) General duty orders of dress. (Dress Orders 3A, 3B and 3C.)

Remarks (e)

Walking out when in All personnel contact with the public. Wedding - Military (when approval has been given). Refer to ASOD volume 1 paragraph 335. a. Official party

23

b. Service guests Former members of UN deployments attending commemorative ceremonies

While there is a requirement to seek approval for a military wedding the choice to wear uniform rests Civilian dress or as for with the individual the official party. Ceremonial orders of dress (Dress Orders 2A, 2B and 2D). Notes 1, 5 and 8. Ceremonial orders of UN blue beret may be worn with uniform on dress (Dress Orders 2A, 2B and 2D). Notes this day only. 5 and 8.

24

United Nations Day (24 October)

Table 2A-1 - Orders of Dress Worn on Particular Occasions Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Not Ceremonial Parade Dress. (Dress Orders 1A and 1B.) Officers and WO1 wear Sam Browne belt. Patrol Blues/Whites are worn only by those personnel authorised to do so. Refer to chapters 4 and 5. Ulness being received on parade, swords are not worn with ceremonial orders of dress other than Ceremonial Service Dress General Officer. (Dress Order SO4). A long sleeve shirt and tie (Ceremonial Dress Long Sleeves: 2C) may be worn when the wearing of Service dress is inappropriate because of climatic conditions or by members who have not been issued with the Service dress. Shorts are not to be worn. Normally reviewing orfficers, invited guests and spectators wear the order of ceremonial dress equivalent to the order of ceremonial parade dress worn by personnel on parade. Ceremonial Safari Suit (Dress Order 3C) is only to be worn in tropical areas and only by officers and Warrant Officers Class One. Appendix: 1. Chief of the Defence Force Policy Directive No 15.

APPENDIX 1 TO ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 2

CHIEF OF THE DEFENCE FORCE POLICY DIRECTIVE NO 15

DRESS AT RECEPTIONS

Foreign Receptions 1. Dress for attendance at Armed Forces and National Day Receptions will normally be indicated on invitations. If an alternative is given, eg Uniform/Lounge Suit/National Dress, or if no indication of preferred dress is given, the uniform is to be worn. 2. Dress for receptions other than Armed Forces or National Day will also normally be indicated on invitations. If not, Service personnel attending evening receptions should wear lounge suit. Australia Receptions 3. When a State Reception is hosted by an Australian Government representative, uniform should be worn by Service officers attending in an official capacity. Discretionary Judgment 4. Should guests at official receptions have an immediately prior or subsequent engagement requiring the wearing of a form of dress other than that specified on the invitation it is convention that the host be advised of the form of dress that will be worn by the guest. 5. If there is doubt concerning the dress to be worn at official receptions then the Director of Protocol and Visits should be contacted.

Headquarters Australian Defence Force October 1987

CHAPTER 3

PROCEDURES FOR DRESS SUBMISSIONS

Authority for Variation to Dress 301 Assistant Chief of the General Staff - Personnel (ACPERS-A) is the approving authority for changes to dress and the orders for dress. Proposals to Vary Dress 302 A proposal to vary any item of dress, introduce or vary any dress embellishment or vary the standing orders for dress is to be forwarded through superior headquarters, and head of corps as necessary, to Director-General Personnel Support and Conditions - Army (DGPSC-A) for consideration by ACPERS-A. Superior headquarters, and head of corps if appropriate, are to endorse the submission with comments and recommendations. 303 Submissions are to detail the change and include justification and, where possible, an indication of any costs or savings likely to result from the proposal. An example of the layout of a dress variation submission is included at annex A to this chapter. Annex: A Submission Format of Proposal to Vary Dress.

ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 3

SUBMISSION FORMAT OF PROPOSAL TO VARY DRESS

Originators File No. or Reference: Army Headquarters (DGPSC-A) through superior headquarters (and HOC) Subject: (State item of order of dress, and the proposed change) Introduction 1. Aim 2. (Briefly state the aim of the submission. Explanation or reasons are not included.) The following proposal is submitted for consideration by ACPERS-A.

Background 3. (Provide a brief history or background to the subject.)

Consultation 4. (List any authorities consulted and their comments - attached as annexes if appropriate. These may include organisations such as historical authorities, manufacturers or corps/regiment associations.) Considerations 5. Provide justification for change, including advantages and disadvantages of the proposal.. Illustrations are to be included if appropriate. Include estimated costs and funding arrangements. Assistance in estimating costs may be sought from Materiel Management Agency, HQ Logistic Command.) Recommendations 6. (Briefly list recommendations.)

(Signature, Rank and Appointment of Originator) (Date of Submission) Recommendations and Comments of each Superior Headquarters (and HOC) (this may be an endorsement on the submission or a separate attachment as appropriate.)

PART 2 SPECIAL ORDERS OF DRESS

CHAPTER 4

SENIOR OFFICER DRESS

GENERAL
Introduction 401. This chapter addresses those orders of dress, embellishments and accoutrements which are relevant to senior officers of the rank of Colonel and above. Where full details on items, such as swords for example, are located elsewhere, this is shown by cross-reference. Senior Officers in Corps Appointments 402. Senior officers who are performing the functions of head of corps or who are posted to corps coded positions on establishments or who are Specialist Service Officers (SSO), are to wear the uniform and embellishments of their particular corps, with gorget patches and cap bands of appropriate colour on Service caps. Corps embellishments include hat badge, lanyard and metal corps shoulder titles when wearing khaki shoulder boards on a polyester shirt in ceremonial orders of dress or safari suit. The Mess Dress of the corps is also worn by SSO instead of Staff Corps Mess Dress. General Staff Officers (GSO) performing corps appointments may wear the staff Corps Mess Dress if preferred. It is worn without corps embellishments.

UNIFORM
Orders of Dress 403. General Duty and Ceremonial Dress. The orders of general duty dress (3A, 3B and 3C) and ceremonial dress (1A, 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D) worn by senior officers are the same as those contained in Army Standing Orders for Dress, volume 1, chapter 5, except that gorget patches are worn in lieu of collar badges and AUSTRALIA titles are worn in lieu of corps shoulder titles by senior officers not in corps appointments. 404. General officers wear Ceremonial Service Dress General Officer (SO4), as shown in table 4-4 to this chapter, when Ceremonial Service Dress (1B) is appropriate or ordered ( or at nay time a sword is worn with Service Dress). 405. Ceremonial Patrol Blue, Patrol Blue (Summer) and Patrol White. Ceremonial Patrol Blue, Patrol Blue (Summer) and Patrol White are only worn by officers of the rank of Brigadier and above, special appointments and other selected personnel detailed in paragraphs 502 and 503. Tables giving details of these orders of dress for senior officers are contained in this chapter. For Special Appointments refer to chapter 5. 406. Mess Dress, Mess Dress White Jacket and Mess Dress White Shirt. Mess Dress, Mess Dress White Jacket and Mess Dress White Shirt are described in chapter 6. This chapter includes the design of Staff Corps Mess Dress, the wearing of all forms of mess dress and the positioning of embellishments on orders of mess dress. 407. An officer of the rank of colonel and above is to wear Staff Corps Mess Dress with the following exceptions: a. Initially on promotion to colonel, an officer may continue to wear the Mess Dress of the officers previous allotted corps. The uniform is worn without corps collar badges, but with corps buttons, badges of rank, embellishments and corps shoulder straps.

4-2 b. c. A senior GSO in a corps appointment may wear either a corps Mess Dress with all corps embellishments or Staff Corps mess Dress which is worn without any corps embellishment. SSO and Chaplains continue to wear the Mess Dress of their corps or department. The Mess dress worn by senior SSO officers has the shoulders straps edged with gold lace as for Staff Corps Mess Dress and bullion badges of rank are worn.

408. 409.

Reserved. Reserved.

ITEMS OF DRESS AND EMBELLISHMENTS

Headdress 410. General Duty Dress. In general duty orders of dress senior officers may wear either the Hat KFF, Service cap or Army beret. Only those senior officers in corps appointments have approval to wear a special to corps beret. 411. Ceremonial Dress. When on parade in Ceremonial Service Dress, Ceremonial Parade Dress or Ceremonial Safari Suit, the hat KFF is to be worn except that special to corps/regiment berets may be worn on parades which involve entitled units within unit areas. When not on parade the Hat KFF is worn by all senior officers with ceremonial dress except those senior officers in corps appointments of corps having special to corps beret who may wear that beret in ceremonial dress. 412. Ceremonial Patrol Blue/White. The blue Service cap or special to corps beret (corps appointment only) is to be worn with these orders of dress. Hat, Cap and Beret Badges 413. General Officer. General officers (MAJGEN and above) wear a badge depicting the Royal Crest with crossed sword and baton within a wreath, made of gold embroidery with the blade of the sword in silver. On Service caps, the badge is affixed to a cap-band of an appropriate colour as indicated in table 4-1. On the hat KFF the badge is worn centrally on the front of the puggaree. The badge is shown in figure 4-1. The positioning of the badge is detailed in paragraph 416.

Figure 4-1 - Hat/Cap Badge General Officer

4-3 414. Senior Officer. Brigadiers and colonels of Staff Corps not serving in corps appointments wear a badge depicting the Royal Crest, in gold embroidery. On Service caps the Royal crest, or corps badge, as appropriate, is to be affixed to a cap-band of an appropriate colour as indicated in table 4-1. On the Hat KFF the badge is worn centrally on the front of the puggaree. The badge is shown in figure 4-2. The positioning of the badge is detailed in paragraph 417.

Figure 4-2 - Hat/Cap Badge General Staff Officer, Senior Officer

415. On a beret, an officer of the rank of colonel and above is to wear the appropriate badge positioned so that the badge is directly above the left eye when the beret is worn. 416. General officer badges are positioned on headdress as follows: a. b. c. 417. Hat KFF: centrally on the puggaree with the lower edge of the badge level with the lower edge of the puggaree. Service Caps: centrally on the front of the cap with the lower edge of the badge 1 cm above the chin strap. Beret: with the lower edge of the badge 5 mm above the top of the beret band.

Senior officer badges are positioned on headdress as follows: a. b. c. Hat KFF: centrally on the puggaree with the lower edge of the badge backing level with the lower edge of the puggaree. Service Caps: centrally on the front of the cap with the lower edge of the badge (not the backing) 1 cm above the chin strap. Beret: with the lower edge of the badge backing on top of the beret band.

These positions are shown in figures 4-3.a. and 4-3.b.

4-4

a. Hat KFF

1 cm

b. Service Cap

5 mm

c. Beret
Figure 4-3.a. - Positioning General Officer Badge on Headdress

4-5

a. Hat KFF

1 cm

b. Service Cap

c. Beret
Figure 4-3.b. - Positioning Senior Officer Badge on Headdress

4-6 418. 419. Reserved. Reserved.

Gorget Patches 420. Gorget patches are worn on the collars of polyester shirts, jackets and coats by senior officers. They are produced in pairs and in two sizes: a. b. Large - 9 cm long by 3 cm wide, worn on the Service Dress, Utility Jacket and Patrol Blue/White coat. Small - 5 cm long by 2.5cm wide, worn on shirts and safari jacket.

These are shown in figure 4-4.

5 cm 9 cm

2.5 cm

3 cm

Large

Small

Figure 4-4 - Finished Dimensions of Gorget Patches

421. Design. The large gorget patches worn by general officers have a centre line of gold oak leaf embroidery. The patches are worn so that the side with two acorns faces outwards towards the shoulders as shown in figure 4-5. The small size gorget patches have gold braid substituted for the oak leaf embroidery.

4-7

Right

Left

Figure 4-5 - Gorget Patches - General Officer (Shown facing the wearer) 422. The gorget patches worn by brigadiers and colonels have a central line of silk gimp, the same colour as the gorget patch, except that in the case of Royal Australian Army Nursing Corps (RAANC) the cental line of silk gimp is silver. 423. All gorget patches are triangular at the upper points. They are issued unfinished so that they may be shaped to fit individual garments. On coats and jackets they are to be shaped to fit the collar above the vee. 424. Serial 1 2 3 4 The colour of cap bands and gorget patches are shown in table 4-1. Worn By General Officers, brigadiers and colonels (except as listed below) RAA Ch D RAAMC RAADC Colour scarlet purple dull cherry burnt orange

Table 4-1 - Colour of Cap Bands and Gorget Patches 425. Position of Patches. On Service Dress coat and Utility Jacket, large gorget patches are placed with the lower edge coincident with the upper edge of the vee and the outer edge coincident with the outer edge of the collar. On Patrol Blue/White coat, the gorget patches are placed with the edges parallel to and equidistant from the collar line, with the pointed end to the rear and the other flush with the collar closure edge. 426. On the safari jacket small patches are placed with the lower edge coincident with and centrally on the upper edge of the vee of the collar with the outer edge parallel to the outer edge of the collar. 427. With the polyester shirt is worn as an outer garment or with a sweater in general duty or ceremonial orders of dress, gorget patches are attached by clips and positioned coincident with and centrally on the forward edge of the collar with the outer edge of the patch parallel to the outer edge of the collar. Gorget patches are worn in the same position on the mess Dress White Shirt.

4-8 428. 429. On the safari jacket gorget patches on clips may be worn in the same manner as shirts. The position of gorget patches is shown in figure 4-6.

a. Service Dress Jacket, Utility Jacket

b. Shirt

c. Safari Jacket

d. Patrol Coat

Figure 4-6 - Position of Gorget Patches on Garments

4-9 Shoulder Titles 430. Senior offices, other than those serving in corps appointments, are to wear metal AUSTRALIA shoulder titles at all times, on all forms of general duty and ceremonial dress except: a. b. c. Patrol blue and patrol white uniforms, Mess Dress, and When wearing embroidered rank slides.

They are to be worn in accordance with the instruction contained in chapter 20 of this volume. 431. On Patrol Blue/White Coat and Mess Dress jacket AUSTRALIA titles are not worn with the Army Badge. Senior officers may continue to wear embroidered gold bullion on blue AUSTRALIA titles (those in corps appointments of Royal Australian Armoured Corps, Australian Army Aviation Corps and RAANC wear silver bullion on blue) on the uniform until Army Badges are available. Embroidered shoulder titles are worn on both sleeves. They are stitched with the midpoint of the upper edge of the title 2 cm below the midpoint of the sleeve head. Stitching is to be as inconspicuous as possible. Rank Insignia 432. Rank insignia for senior officers are shown in chapter 22 of this volume. Note that the crossed sword and baton insignia worn by general officers are worn with the points of the swords facing the front as shown in figure 4-7.

Right Shoulder

Left Shoulder

Figure 4-7 - Method of Wearing Crossed Sword and Baton Insignia (Shown facing the wearer) Swords and Other Ceremonial Accoutrements 433. Swords, accessories and other ceremonial accoutrements worn by senior officers are listed below. The method of assembling and wearing sword equipment is detailed in chapter 19. a. General officers: (1) (2) (3) (4) ceremonial sword (Mameluke), with steel scabbard; waist sash general officer gold and crimson silk (5.5 cm wide), with two gold tassels; two red leather slings (2.5 cm wide), faced with special pattern gold lace (the front sling is 51 cm long and the rear sling 89 cm); gold and crimson sword knot with acorn;

4-10 (5) (6) b. shoulder cords general officer (not worn with Ceremonial Service Dress); and waist belt with shoulder suspender, for use with ceremonial slung sword.

Brigadier and special appointments: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Sword with steel scabbard; Waist sash crimson silk (7 cm wide), with two tassels; Two red leather gold embroidered sword slings (2.5ch wide) (the front sling is 51 cm long and the rear sling 89 cm); Gold embroidered crimson sword knot with gold acorn; shoulder cords; and waist belt with shoulder suspender, for use with ceremonial slung sword.

434. 435.

Reserved. Reserved.

Special Orders of Dress 436. Dress Code SO1 SO2 SO3 SO4 SO5 The special orders of dress worn by senior officers are given in the following tables: Dress Order Title Patrol Blue Senior Officer Patrol Blue (Summer) Senior Officer Patrol White Senior Officer Ceremonial Service Dress General Officer Staff Corps Mess Dress Senior Officer Table 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5

4-11

TABLE 4-1
DRESS ORDER: SO1 - Patrol Blue Senior Officer Ceremonial patrol Blue uniform is only worn by officers of the rank of brigadier and above in winter. Patrol Blue uniform may be ordered as an alternative to Mess Dress for senior officers. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Notes: 1. 2. 3. Not worn on parade. General officers wear the gold and crimson silk waist sash. Brigadiers wear crimson silk waist sash. Ceremonial only. Item of Dress Cap blue Patrol Blue Coat with white detachable collar Blue trouser or overalls Socks Black Boots dress black Shoes black or half wellingtons Waist sash Gloves white leather (kid) Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Remarks

Embellishments worn with this order are shown in the following table: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Notes: 1. 2. Ceremonial only. When worn as Mess Dress. Embellishment Army badge - embroidered on blue background AUSTRALIA shoulder titles - bullion on blue Badges qualification - trade, parachutist, military skill Orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Ribbons of orders, decorations and medals Shoulder cords with metal rank insignia Sword and sword accessories Aiguillette Nameplate Notes 1 and 3 Note 4 Note 5 Note 2 Note 1 Not with Army badge Remarks

4-12 3. General officers wear Mameluke sword. Brigadiers wear steel scabbard and sword/sabre. A sword is not normally worn unless being received on parade or attending a ceremonial activity at which other spectators and guests would be wearing swords. Worn by those entitled officers listed in chapter 19, table 19-1. Not worn on parade.

4. 5.

TABLE 4-2
DRESS ORDER: SO2 - Patrol Blue (Summer) Senior Officer Ceremonial Patrol Blue (Summer) uniform is only worn by officers of the rank of brigadier and above in summer. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Notes: 1. 2. Not worn on parade. General officers wear the gold and crimson silk waist sash. Brigadiers wear crimson silk waist sash. Item of Dress Cap blue Coat Patrol White Trousers blue or overalls Socks black Boots dress black Shoes black or half wellingtons Waist sash Gloves white leather (kid) Note 1 Note 2 Remarks

4-13 Embellishments worn with this order are shown in the following table: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Notes 1. 2. 3. 4. General officers wear Mameluke sword. Brigadiers wear steel scabbard and sword/sabre. A sword is not normally worn unless being received on parade or attending a ceremonial activity at which other spectators and guests would be wearing swords. Worn by those entitled officers listed in chapter 19, table 19-1. Not worn on parade. Embellishment Army badge - embroidered on white background AUSTRALIA shoulder titles - bullion on blue Badges qualification - trade, parachutist, military skill Orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Shoulder cords with metal rank insignia Sword and sword accessories Aiguillette Nameplate Notes 1 and 2 Note 3 Note 4 Not with Army badge Remarks

TABLE 4-3
DRESS ORDER: SO3 - Patrol White Senior Officer This order of dress is only worn by officers of the rank of brigadier and above in special appointments. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Notes: 1. 2. Ceremonial dress only. General officers wear gold and crimson silk waist sash. Brigadiers wear crimson silk waist sash. Item of Dress Cap blue Coat Patrol White Trousers white Socks white Boots dress white Waist sash Gloves white leather (kid) Notes 1 and 2 Note 1 Remarks

4-14 Embellishments worn with this order are shown in the following table: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Worn in general duty order. Ceremonial dress only. A sword is not normally worn unless being received on parade or attending a ceremonial activity at which other spectators and guests would be wearing swords. General officers war Mameluke sword. Brigadiers wear steel scabbard and sword/sabre. Worn by those entitled officers listed in chapter 19, table 19-1. Not worn on parade. Embellishment Army badge - embroidered on white background AUSTRALIA shoulder titles - bullion on blue Badges qualification - trade, parachutist, military skill Orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Ribbons of orders, decorations and medals Shoulder cords with metal rank insignia Sword and sword accessories Aiguillette Nameplate Notes 2 and 3 Note 4 Note 5 Note 1 Not with Army badge Remarks

4-15

TABLE 4-4
DRESS ORDER: SO4 - Ceremonial Service Dress General Officer This is an order of ceremonial dress which is worn by officers of the rank of Major General and above. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Notes: 1. 2. Only when sword is carried. When a sword is not carried the Sam Browne belt is worn. Item of Dress Hat KFF Shirt Polyester Necktie khaki polyester Jacket Service dress Trousers Service dress Socks khaki Boots black or shoes black Waist sash crimson and gold Sam Browne belt Note 1 Note 2 Remarks Brim worn up

Embellishments worn with this order are shown in the following table: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Notes 1. 2. Worn by entitled officers. Not worn on parade. Embellishment Army badge - embroidered on khaki background AUSTRALIA shoulder titles - bullion on blue Rank insignia, metal Badges qualification - trade, parachutist, military skill Orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Sword Mameluke and accessories Aiguillette Nameplate Note 1 Note 2 Remarks

4-16

TABLE 4-5
DRESS ORDER: SO5 - Staff Corps Mess Dress Senior Officer.. This is the order of mess Dress worn by senior officers who are members of Staff Corps. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Item of Dress Jacket Waistcoat Trousers blue or overalls Skirt blue Shirt white marcella front Studs shirt, gold Bow tie black Socks black Stockings/pantihose black Shoes black, dress boots or half wellingtons Shoes court black Servicewomen Servicewomen Servicewomen Remarks

Additional Note for Females: Note: 1. The normal dress requirements for jewellery and hair apply when wearing mess orders of dress. Embellishments worn with this order are shown in the following table: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Notes: 1. 2. Miniature bullion insignia purchased by individuals may be worn as an optional item. Worn by entitled officers. Embellishment Army badge - embroidered on blue background AUSTRALIA shoulder titles Badges qualification - trade, parachutist, military skill Rank insignia, bullion Neck badges of orders Miniature emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Aiguillette Note 2 Not with Army badge Note 1 Remarks

CHAPTER 5

SPECIAL APPOINTMENT
GENERAL
Introduction 501. This chapter addresses those orders of dress, embellishments and accoutrements that are worn by serving personnel in special appointments and other selected personnel. Special Appointments 502. A special appointment is one of those listed as follows: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. an aide-de-camp to the Sovereign; an officer holding a personal appointment to the Sovereign; an aide-de-camp to, or an officer on the personal staff of the Governor-General or the Governor of a State or Administrator of an Australian Territory; the Comptroller to the Governor-General; an Australian Army force or component commander; an Australian Army attache; an Australian Defence attache or assistant attache; an Australian Defence adviser or Australian Army adviser; the aide-de-camp to the Chief of the Defence Force; the aide-de-camp to the Chief of the Army; the escort officer to the Minister for Defence, or the Minister for Defence industry, Science and Personnel; the Director of Protocol and visits (Headquarters Australian Defence Force); a military assistant and/or aide-de-camp to a general officer; and an officer nominated as an escort officer to a visiting officer of two star rank or above..

Selected Personnel 503. Selected personnel are those who fill one of the following employment positions: a. b. Regimental Sergeant Major (RSM) of the Army. Royal Military College; (1) (2) The Director of Military Art, RSM,

5-2 (3) (4) c. All officers, warrant officers, senior noncommissioned officers and staff cadets posted to the Corps of Staff Cadets. Posted officers nominated by the Commandant for host/escort duties at appropriate ceremonial occasions.

Australian Defence Force Academy. The director of Military Education and Training, Adjutant, Academy Sergeant Major (when positions filled by Army) and all Army members of the Corps of Officer Cadets Defence of Army attache, Defence of Army adviser, assistant Defence of Army attache and/or adviser in Bangkok, Beijing, Islamabad, Jakarta, Kuala Lumpur, Manila, Port Moresby, New Delhi, Seoul, Singapore, Tokyo, Washington and Wellington. An instructor or student attending a Staff College in India, Pakistan, Malaysia, Philippines or Thailand.

d.

e.

UNIFORMS
Orders of Dress 504. General Duty and Ceremonial. The orders of general duty and ceremonial dress worn by those special appointments and selected personnel listed in paragraphs 502 and 503 are contained in Army Standing Orders for Dress, volume 1, chapter 5. 505. Patrol Blue Special Appointment. Patrol Blue Special Appointment is worn in winter by special appointments and those selected personnel listed in subparagraphs 503.a., 503.b. and 503.c. Details of the equivalent order of dress for senior officers is contained in chapter 4 of this volume. 506. Patrol Blue (Summer) Special Appointment. Patrol blue (Summer) Special appointment is worn in summer by special appointments and those selected personnel listed in subparagraphs 503.a., 503.b. and 503.c. It is the summer equivalent of the Blue Patrol Uniform worn in winter. Details of the equivalent order of dress for senior officer is contained in chapter 4 of this volume. 507. Patrol White Special Appointment. Patrol White Special Appointment is only worn by those selected personnel listed in subparagraphs 503.d. and 503.e. 508. Patrol blue and Patrol White uniforms are only worn by those authorised personnel whilst posted to the position for which the uniform was issued. 509. Mess Dress, Mess Dress White Jacket and Mess Dress White Shirt. Details of Mess Dress, Mess Dress White Jacket and Mess Dress White Shirt are contained in chapter 6 of this volume. Swords an Other Ceremonial Accoutrements 510. Swords, accessories and other ceremonial accoutrements worn by officers holding special appointments are listed below. The method of wearing items of dress and assembling and wearing sword equipment is detailed in chapter 19. a. b. c. d. Sword with steel scabbard; Waist sash crimson silk (7 cm wide), with two tassels; Two red leather gold embroidered sword slings (2.5 cm wide) (the front sling is 51 cm long and the rear sling 89 cm); Gold embroidered crimson sword knot with gold acorn;

5-3 e. f. g. Shoulder cords; Waist belt with shoulder suspender for use with ceremonial slung sword; and Aiguillettes (personnel listed in chapter 19, table 19-1).

Special Orders of Dress 511. Dress Code SA1 SA2 SA3 The special orders of dress worn by special appointments are given in the following tables: Dress Order Title Patrol Blue Special Appointment Patrol Blue (Summer) Special Appointment Patrol White Special Appointment Table 5-1 5-2 5-3

5-4

TABLE 5-1
DRESS ORDER: SA1 - Patrol Blue Special Appointment This order of dress is a ceremonial uniform which may be worn in winter. It is only to be worn by those special appointments and selected personnel authorised by Block Scale 3002/24, whilst employed in the position for which the uniform was issued. This order is also worn as a parade dress by entitled personnel listed in subparagraphs 503.b. and 503.c. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. Not worn on parade. Crimson silk 7 cm wide with two tassels. Worn by other ranks and members of the corps of Staff Cadets/Officer Cadets. Worn by WO2 and SNCO of RA Inf and authorised members of the Corps of Staff Cadets and Officer Cadets. Item of Dress Cap blue Beret corps/regiment Coat Patrol Blue with white detachable collar Trouser blue Socks black Boots dress black Shoes black Waist sash Belt web white Shoulder sash scarlet Gloves white cotton Gloves white leather (kid) Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 Note 3 Remarks

5-5 Embellishments worn with this order are shown in the following table: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Notes: 1. Swords are worn only when being received on parade, when in attendance to a dignitary being received on parade or when attending a ceremonial activity where other spectators or guests would be wearing swords. When swords are worn they are carried in a steel scabbard with sword/sabre as applicable to corps. Worn by those entitled officers listed in chapter 19, table 19-1. Not worn on parade. Embellishment Army badge - embroidered on blue background AUSTRALIA shoulder titles - bullion on blue Collar badges corps/regimental (gorget patches for Colonels) Badges qualification - trade, parachutist, military skill Orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Shoulder cords with metal rank insignia Sword and sword accessories Aiguillette Nameplate Notes 1 and 2 Note 3 Note 4 Not with Army badge Remarks

2. 3. 4.

5-6

TABLE 5-2
DRESS ORDER: SA2 - Patrol Blue (Summer) Special Appointment This order of dress is a ceremonial uniform which may be worn in summer. It is only to be worn by those special appointments and selected personnel authorised by Block Scale 3002/24, whilst employed in the position for which the uniform was issued. This order is also worn as a parade dress by entitled personnel listed in subparagraphs 503.b. and 503.c. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. Not worn on parade Crimson silk 7 cm wide with tassels. Other ranks and members of the Corps of Staff Cadets/Officer Cadets. Worn by WO2 and SNCO of RA Inf, authorised members of the Corps of Staff Cadets and Officer Cadets. Item of Dress Cap blue Beret corps/regiment Coat Patrol White Trouser blue Socks black Boots dress black Shoes black Waist sash Belt web white Shoulder sash scarlet Gloves white cotton Gloves white leather (kid) Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 Note 3 Remarks

5-7 Embellishments worn with this order are shown in the following table: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Notes: 1. Swords are worn only when being received on parade, when in attendance to a dignitary being received on parade or when attending a ceremonial activity where other spectators or guests would be wearing swords. When swords are worn they are carried in a steel scabbard with sword/sabre as applicable to corps. Worn by those entitled officers listed in chapter 19, table 19-1. Not worn on parade. Embellishment Army badge - embroidered on blue background AUSTRALIA shoulder titles - bullion on blue Collar badges corps/regimental (gorget patches for Colonels) Badges qualification - trade, parachutist, military skill Orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Shoulder cords with metal rank insignia Sword and sword accessories Aiguillette Nameplate Notes 1 and 2 Note 3 Note 4 Not with Army badge Remarks

2. 3. 4.

5-8

TABLE 5-3
DRESS ORDER: SA3 - Patrol White Special Appointment This order of dress may only be worn by those special appointments and selected personnel authorised by Block Scale 3002/24, whilst employed in the position for which the uniform was issued. This uniform may be worn both as a ceremonial and a general duty order of dress. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Notes: 1. 2. Crimson silk 7 cm wide with tassels. Ceremonial only Item of Dress Cap blue Beret corps/regiment Coat Patrol White Trouser white Socks white Shoes white Waist sash Gloves white leather (kid) Notes 1 and 2 Remarks

Embellishments worn with this order are shown in the following table: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Embellishment Army badge - embroidered on white background AUSTRALIA shoulder titles - bullion on blue Collar badges corps/regimental (gorget patches for Colonels) Badges qualification - trade, parachutist, military skill Orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Ribbons of orders, decorations and medals Shoulder cords with metal rank insignia Sword and sword accessories Aiguillette Nameplate Notes 1, 2 and 3 Note 4 Note 1 Not with Army badge Remarks

5-9 Notes: 1. 2. Ceremonial only Swords are worn only when being received on parade, when in attendance to a dignitary being received on parade or when attending a ceremonial activity where other spectators or guests would be wearing swords. When swords are worn they are carried in a steel scabbard with sword/sabre as applicable to corps. Worn by those entitled officers listed in chapter 19, table 19-1. Not worn on parade.

3. 4. 5.

CHAPTER 6

MESS DRESS
Introduction 601. Mess orders of dress are worn for formal Mess functions and other occasions of a formal nature when the wearing of those orders of dress is appropriate. 602. Mess Dress or Mess Dress White Jacket are the normal orders of dress for formal occasions. Those occasions are considered to be when the wearing of decorations is appropriate and civilian guests would be expected to wear dinner suit. Mess Dress White Shirt may be worn on informal occasions within barracks areas when guests would not be expected to wear coat and tie. Definitions 603. The terminology used for the three orders of Mess Dress is defined as follows: a. b. Mess Dress. Mess Dress is the order in which jacket and waistcoat in corps colours are worn by officers with blue trousers or skirt. Mess Dress White Jacket. This order consists of a white mess jacket worn with blue trousers or skirt and cummerbund by officers, warrant officers and senior noncommissioned officers. Mess Dress White Shirt. This order of dress consists of a white short sleeved shirt worn with blue trousers or skirt and cummerbund by officers, warrant officers and senior noncommissioned officers (SNCO).

c.

604. Mess Dress is sometimes referred to as Mess Dress Winter and Mess Dress White Jacket as Mess Dress Summer. This terminology is not correct. Mess Dress may be worn throughout the year according to the occasion and climatic conditions. Warrant Officers and SNCO have no alternative to Mess Dress White jacket. Mess Dress White Shirt is an option in warm weather in all locations when the formality of an occasion would permit the wearing of this less formal order. 605. 606. 607. 608. 609. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

Senior Officer Mess Dress 610. Mess Dress. An officer of the rank of colonel and above is to wear Staff Corps Mess Dress with the following exceptions: a. Initially on promotion to colonel, an officer may continue to wear the Mess Dress of the officers previous allotted corps. The uniform is worn without corps collar badges, but with corps buttons, badges of rank, embellishments and corps shoulder straps.

6-2 b. A senior General Staff Officer in a corps appointment may wear either a corps Mess Dress with all corps embellishments or Staff Corps Mess Dress which is worn without any corps embellishment. Special Service Officers of the rank of colonel and above and senior chaplains continue to wear the Mess Dress of their corps or department except that shoulder straps are edged in 1 cm gold lace (staff pattern) and bullion rank insignia. No bullion AUSTRALIA shoulder titles are worn when the Army badge is worn.

c.

611. Mess Dress White Jacket. Officers of all ranks wear metal rank insignia and metal AUSTRALIA shoulder titles. 612. Mess Dress White Shirt. Senior officers wear small gorget patches of appropriate colour on the collars of Mess Dress White Shirt. Officers of all ranks wear metal rank insignia and metal AUSTRALIA or corps/regiment shoulder titles as appropriate. 613. 614. 615. 616. 617. 618. 619. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

Procedure on Corps Transfer 620. If an officer corps transfers, the Mess Dress of the officers former corps may continue to be worn until the Mess Dress of the new corps is issued. All aspects of the Mess Dress are to be worn as for the former corps; no form of hybrid dress is to be worn. 621. There is no time limit imposed on the wearing of the old corps Mess Dress. Officers are to be encouraged to arrange for issue of the correct Mess Dress for the new corps as soon as possible. 622. 623. 624. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

ITEMS OF MESS DRESS

Black Bow Tie 625. The black bow tie is worn with Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket but not with Mess Dress White Shirt. The bow tie is to be made of silk, satin or a similar synthetic material, with square ends not more than 58 mm or less than 25 mm wide.

6-3 Braces 626. Cufflinks 627. Cufflinks are worn on the cuffs of white dress shirts worn with Mess Dress and may be worn with white soft shirts worn with Mess Dress White Jacket. They are to be either plain gold or plain silver and they may include motifs such as initials or insignia inscribed in gold or silver appropriate to corps. They are not provided at public expense. Cummerbunds 628. The cummerbund worn with Mess Dress White Jacket and Mess Dress White Shirt is made of silk and is to be the same colour as the colour prescribed for the mess Waistcoat in table 6-1, Column g, with the following exceptions: a. b. c. d. Footwear 629. Dress boots may be worn with mess orders of dress instead of shoes. An officer may weal half-wellington boots when wearing overalls in orders of Mess Dress. Mess Dress Jackets and Waistcoats 630. The Mess Dress jacket is designed with a roll collar and shoulder straps with rounded points attached by line-30 buttons. The waistcoat is worn with line-20 buttons. a member of Royal Australian Artillery (RAA) or Royal Australian Corps of Transport (RACT) is to wear a blue-black cummerbund, a member of Royal Australian Engineers (RAE) is to wear a scarlet cummerbund, regimental Sergeant Major - Army (RSM-A) and Level 3 RSM are to wear black cummerbund, and a member of the Corps of Staff Cadets is to wear a scarlet cummerbund. If braces are worn with Mess Dress White jacket, they are to be white.

6-4 631. Serial The colours and patterns of corps mess jackets and waistcoats are shown in table 6-1. Corps Body (a) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 TABLE 6-1 - Patterns of Mess Dress Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Edged with 1 cm gold lace (oak leaf pattern for general officers and staff pattern for brigadier and colonel). Edged with 3 mm silver bullion braid. Edged with blue-black braided knot. Edged with 3 mm gold bullion braid. Edged with scarlet piping. Cummerbund only. (b) Staff Corps RAAC RAA RAE RASIGS RAINF AA Avn Aust Int RAAChD RACT RAAMC RAADC RAAOC RAEME RAAEC AAPRS AACC RAAPC AALC RACMP AA Psych AABC RAANC (c) scarlet maroon blue-black scarlet scarlet scarlet blue-black scarlet blue-black scarlet blue-black blue-black blue-black blue-black scarlet scarlet scarlet blue-black scarlet blue-black blue-black scarlet scarlet Collar (d) black blue-black blue-black blue-black purple white blue-black bottle green purple scarlet dull cherry burnt orange scarlet scarlet university blue bottle green grey gold grey blue-black (5) maroon rifle green scarlet Jacket Shoulder Straps (e) black (1) maroon blue-black scarlet purple scarlet blue-black black purple scarlet dull cherry burnt orange scarlet blue-black scarlet scarlet grey blue-black grey scarlet maroon rifle green scarlet Cuffs (f) black blue-black scarlet blue-black purple white blue-black (2) black purple scarlet (3) dull cherry burnt orange scarlet blue-black (4) university blue bottle green scarlet (4) blue-black grey blue-black (5) blue-black rifle green scarlet Waistcoat and Cummerbund

(g) black maroon scarlet blue-black purple scarlet light blue bottle green black blue-black dull cherry burnt orange scarlet blue-black scarlet scarlet grey blue-black grey scarlet blue-black scarlet scarlet university blue

6-5 632. The Mess Dress White Jacket is similar in design. It is worn without a waistcoat. Mess Dress Trousers and Skirts 633. Corps or Regimental Stripes. Except as otherwise approved in paragraphs 620 and 621, the colour of stripes worn on blue trousers and blue skirts are as shown in table 6-2. Serial Corps or Group Colour 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 General officers Principal Chaplain Staff corps brigadiers and colonels Corps of Staff Cadets RSM-A and Level 3RSM RAAC RAA RAE RA Sigs RA Inf AA Avn Corps Austr Int Corps RAA Ch Dept RACT RAAMC RAADC RAAOC RAEME RAAEC Army Public Relations Service AACC RAAPC AALC RACMP AA Psych Corps AABC RAANC Army Cadet Corps scarlet purple scarlet scarlet scarlet gold scarlet scarlet scarlet scarlet light blue scarlet purple white dull cherry burnt orange scarlet scarlet university blue bottle green grey gold scarlet white maroon scarlet grey royal blue Details of Stripe/s Numbr of Stripes 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Width 4 cm 4 cm 4 cm 4 cm 4 cm 2 cm 4 cm 4 cm 4 cm 1 cm 2 cm 4 cm 4 cm 2 cm 4 cm 4 cm 2 cm 4 cm 4 cm 1 cm 4 cm 4 cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 cm 1 cm 1 cm 4 cm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm Distance Apart

TABLE 6-2 - Colours of Stripes on Blue Trousers and Blue Skirts.

6-6 634. Mess Dress Trouser Width. The trouser bottoms in mess Dress are not to exceed 25 cm in width and are to be graduated, in proportion for seat and length of leg, from 20 cm minimum width. The cuffs of trousers are to rest on the top of the shoe or boot at the bottom lace. 635. 636. 637. 638. 639. Shirts 640. Mess Dress. The Mess Dress shirt is to be white and is to conform with the following description: A shirt with a french front required studs. The turn down collar, double cuffs and front are to be approximately 6cm in length. Alternatively a shirt as described above but with a winged collar, may be worn. 641. Mess Dress White Jacket. The shirt worn with Mess Dress White jacket is to be white, soft and plain fronted, have soft cuffs and a turn down collar. Shirt studs are not to be worn with this shirt. Shirts purchased privately are to be similar in style to that of the issued item. 642. Mess Dress White Shirt. The shirt worn with Mess Dress White Shirt is to be white, soft and plain fronted, short sleeved, with pockets (with pocket flaps), shoulder straps and with an attached collar worn open at the neck. No shirt studs are worn. 643. Restrictions. Pleated or pique-fronted shirts are not to be worn with any form of Mess Dress. Shirts of approved pattern are available through the clothing supply system. Shirt Studs 644. The dress studs worn with the dress shirt in Mess Dress are to be plain, round and gold or silver in colour. Silver studs are worn by officers of Royal Australian Armoured Corps (RAAC) Australian Army Aviation Corps (AA Avn) and Royal Australian Army Nursing Corps (RAANC); all other officers wear gold studs. Shirt studs are not provided at public expense. Spurs 645. Box spurs may only be worn by RAAC and RACT officers when wearing overalls with dress boots or half-wellington boots in Mess Dress. Spurs are not provided at public expense. 646. 647. 648. Reserved. Reserved Reserved Length of Skirt. The bottom edge of the blue skirt is to rest on the toe of the shoe. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

6-7

EMBELLISHMENT OF MESS DRESS

General 649. The types of embellishment worn on the various orders of Mess Dress are described in the following paragraphs. The positioning of those items is shown in the annexes to this chapter. 650. Note that officers embellish Mess Dress White Jacket in the same manner as Mess Dress. Warrant officers and noncommissioned officers embellish Mess Dress White Jacket in the same manner as Service Dress. Mess Dress White Shirt is embellished in the same manner as the khaki polyester shirt, except that lanyards are not worn. Mess Dress 651. Mess Dress is embellished as follows: a. National/Army Identification. A bullion Army badge (Rising Sun) is worn on the top of the left sleeve by senior officers (Colonel and above). Metal AUSTRALIA titles are worn by all other officers. No Army Badge is worn when AUSTRALIA metal titles are worn. Bullion AUSTRALIA insignia are not worn when bullion Army Badge is worn. Badges of Rank. Metal badges of rank are worn on shoulder straps by officers up to and including the rank of Lieutenant Colonel. Senior officers of the rank of Colonel and above wear bullion badges of rank. 4 cm Officers up to and including the rank of Lieutenant Colonel and senior officers wearing Corps Mess Dress wear corps/regiment collar badges on the jacket lapels. Collar badges are not worn by senior officers wearing the Staff Corps Mess Dress. Orders, Decorations and Medals. Miniature insignia of orders, decoration sand meals are worn on the left lapel. Neck decorations are worn with Mess Dress. Miniature medals of unofficial awards are worn on the right lapel. Emblems of Unit Citations, Individual Commendations and Infantry Combat Badge (ICB). Miniature emblems of unit citations and individual commendations are worn on the right lapel. The miniature form of the ICB is worn on the left lapel. Aircrew Badges. Miniature bullion aircrew badges (including Parachute Jump Instructor (PJI) may be worn on the left lapel by qualified officers. Parachute Badges. Miniature bullion parachute qualification badges may be worn by eligible officers on the top of the right sleeve. If a trade badge is also worn parachute badges are worn below the trade badge. Trade Badges. Miniature bullion trade qualification badges may be worn by eligible officers on the top of the right sleeve. The trade badge is worn above a parachute badge if both are worn. Military Skills Badges. Miniature bullion military skills badges may be worn on Mess Dress by eligible officers on the top of the left sleeve, below the Army badge for senior officers.

b.

c.

d.

e.

f. g.

h.

i. 652. expense.

All miniature bullion badges are to be on blue background. They are not provided at public

6-8 Mess Dress White Jacket (Commissioned Officers) 653. Mess Dress white Jacket is embellished in the same manner as Mess Dress for officers, except that all officers wear metal rank insignia and metal AUSTRALIA shoulder titles and no officer wears the Army Badge. Mess Dress White Jacket (Warrant Officers and Noncommissioned Officers) 654. as follows: Mess Dress White Jacket worn by warrant officers and noncommissioned officers is embellished a. National/Army Identification. An embroidered Army badge (Rising Sun) on white background is worn on the top of the left sleeve. Metal AUSTRALIA titles are worn on shoulder straps. Badges of Rank. Embroidered badges of rank on white background are worn on the sleeves. Warrant officer rank insignia on the large shaped backing are worn. Collar Badges. Collar badges appropriate to corps/regiment or appointment are worn on the lapels of the white jacket. Orders, Decorations and Medals. Miniature insignia of orders, decorations and medals are worn on the left lapel. Neck decorations are worn with Mess Dress. Miniature medals of unofficial awards are worn on the right lapel. Emblems of Unit Citations, Individual Commendations and ICB. Miniature emblems of unit citations and individual commendations are worn on the right lapel. The miniature form of the ICB is worn on the left lapel. Aircrew Badges. Miniature embroidered aircrew badges (including Parachute Jump Instructor) are worn on the left lapel by qualified personnel. Parachute Badges. Full size embroidered parachute qualification badges on white or base colour background are worn by eligible personnel on the right sleeve. Trade Badges. Full size embroidered trade qualification badges on white or base colour background are worn by eligible personnel on the top of the right sleeve. Military Skills Badges. Full size military skills badges on white background are worn by eligible personnel on the left sleeve, below the Army badge.

b. c. d.

e.

f. g. h. i.

Mess Dress White Shirt 655. Mess Dress White shirt is embellished as follows: a. National/Army Identification. An embroidered Army badge (Rising Sun) on white background is worn on the top of the left sleeve. Metal Corps/regiment shoulder titles or metal AUSTRALIA titles as appropriate are worn on shoulder straps. Badges of Rank. Officers wear metal rank insignia on the shoulder straps. Warrant officers and noncommissioned officers wear embroidered badges of rank on white background on the sleeves. Warrant officer insignia on rectangular backing are worn. Orders, Decorations and Medals. Ribbons of orders, decorations and medals are worn on the left side. Neck decorations are worn with Mess Dress White Shirt. Ribbons of unofficial awards are worn on the right side. Emblems of Unit Citations, Individual Commendations and ICB. Full size emblems of unit citations and individual commendations are worn on the right side. The full size ICB is worn on the left side.

b.

c.

d.

6-9 e. f. g. h. i. 656. Aircrew Badges. Full size metal aircrew badges (including Parachute Jump Instructor) are worn on the left side by qualified personnel. Parachute Badges. Full size embroidered parachute qualification badges on white or base colour background are worn by eligible personnel on the right sleeve. Trade Badges. Full size embroidered trade qualification badges on white or base colour background are worn by eligible personnel on the top of the right sleeve. Military Skills Badges. Embroidered military skills badges on white background are worn on the left sleeve. Army Individual Readiness Notification (AIRN) Badge. The AIRN badge is worn on Mess Dress White Shirt, not on Mess Dress or Mess Dress White Jacket.

Reserved.

Positioning of Embellishments 657. Annexes A, B, C, D and E show the positioning of all embellishments worn on the various forms of mess dress. 658. Positioning of Embellishments on Jacket Lapels. Embellishments are positioned on the lapels of Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket as shown in annexes A, B, C and D. Embellishments are worn in ascending sequence as follows: a. Left lapel: (1) (2) (3) (4) b. Corps/regiment collar badge, Miniature medals, Aircrew badge, and Infantry Combat Badge.

Right lapel: (1) (2) (3) (4) Corps/regiment collar badge, miniature medals of unofficial awards, emblems of unit citations, and emblems of individual commendations.

659. Unlike embellishments worn on sleeves, embellishments worn on the lapels do not have defined positions. Embellishments are placed 1 cm above the embellishment below. The position of embellishments is determined from the collar badge or, if collar badges are not worn, the bottom of the lowest embellishment is located 18 cm below the shoulder seam. 660. National/Army Identification. The bullion or embroidered Army badge, as appropriate, is worn on the top of the left sleeve, 2 cm below the shoulder seam of jackets and 1cm below the shoulder seam of shirts. Metal shoulder titles when worn are positioned on the shoulder strap with the lowest point of the title 5 mm from the outer end of the shoulder strap. 661. Rank Insignia. Rank insignia are positioned as shown in annexes A, B, C, D and E to this chapter.

6-10 662. Collar Badges. Corps/Regiment collar badges are worn in pairs on the lapels of Mess Dress and Mess White Jackets. The badges are positioned with the highest point of the badges positioned 19 cm below the shoulder seam. 663. Aircrew Badges. On Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket, miniature aircrew and PJI badges are worn on the left lapel, positioned 1cm above any miniature medals worn or 1cm above the left collar badge. 664. Parachute Badges. Miniature bullion parachute badges worn on Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket by officers are worn on the top of the right sleeve, 2 cm below the shoulder seam, or 1 cm below a miniature trade badge if both are worn. Full size badges worn on Mess Dress White Jacket by warrant officers and noncommissioned officers and Mess Dress White Shirt are positioned as shown in annexes D and E. The full size basic parachute qualification badge is embroidered on a white background. Other parachute badges are embroidered on their particular background colours. 665. Trade Qualification Badges. Miniature bullion trade qualification badges worn by officers on Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket are positioned on the top of the right sleeve, 2 cm below the shoulder seam. If both a parachute badge and a trade badge are worn, the parachute badge is positioned 1cm below the trade badge. Full size trade qualification badges worn by warrant officers and SNCO on Mess Dress white Jacket and on Mess Dress White Shirt, are positioned on the right sleeve, 2 cm below the shoulder seam of the jacket and 1cm below the seam of the shirt. Unless a badge has a particular background colour, eg Explosive Ordnance Disposal, RAE, badges embroidered on white backing are worn on Mess Dress White Jacket and Mess Dress White Shirt. 666. Military Skills Badges. Miniature bullion military skills qualification badges worn by officers on Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket are positioned on the left sleeve, 2 cm below the shoulder seam (1 cm below the Army badge for senior officers). Full size military skills qualification badges worn by warrant offices and SNCO on Mess Dress White Jacket and on Mess Dress White Shirt, are positioned on the left sleeve, 7.5cm below the shoulder seam of the jacket and 6.5cm below the seam of the shirt. Military skills badges embroidered on white backing are worn on Mess Dress Whit Jacket and Mess Dress White Shirt. 667. Orders, Decorations and Medals. On Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket, the miniatures of official orders, decorations and medals are worn horizontally on the left lapel with the bottom of the medals 1 cm above the collar badge. For senior officers who do not wear collar badges, the miniature medals are positioned with the lowest edge of medals 18 cm below the shoulder seam. Miniatures of approved unofficial awards are worn in the same position on the right lapel. Neck decorations, when worn with Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket, are suspended from the miniature ribbon of the order. On Mess Dress White Shirt, ribbons of orders, decorations and medals are worn in the same manner as the khaki polyester shirt. 668. Emblems of Unit Awards and Individual Commendations. On Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket, miniature emblems of unit awards and individual commendations are worn on the right lapel. If only unit awards or individual commendation emblems are worn, they are positioned 1 cm above collar badge. If a miniature unofficial medal is worn, the emblems are positioned 1 cm above the top of the medal ribbon. If both unit award and individual commendation emblems are worn, the individual commendation emblem is positioned 1cm above the uni award emblem. For senior officers who do not wear collar badges, the bottom edge of the lowest emblem is to be 18 cm below the shoulder seam. On Mess Dress White Shirt, full size badges are worn in the same positions as on the khaki polyester shirt. 669. ICB. The miniature ICB is worn on the left lapel, 1cm above the top of the ribbon of miniature medals. If an aircrew badge is worn, the ICB is positioned 1 cm above that badge. On Mess Dress whit Shirt, a full size badge is worn in the same position as on the khaki polyester shirt.

6-11 670. shirt. Annexes: AIRN Badge. The AIRN badge is positioned on Mess Dress White Shirt as for the khaki polyester A. B. C. D. E. Positioning of Embellishments on Mess Dress (Senior Officers) Positioning of Embellishments on Mess Dress (Officers - Lieutenant Colonel and below) Positioning of Embellishments on Mess Dress White Jacket (Commissioned Officers) Positioning of Embellishments on Mess Dress White Jacket (Warrant Officers and Noncommissioned Officers) Positioning of Embellishments on Mess Dress White Shirt

ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 6

POSITIONING OF EMBELLISHMENTS ON MESS DRESS (SENIOR OFFICERS)

POSITIONING OF EMBELLISHMENTS ON MESS DRESS (SENIOR OFFICERS)

18 cm from shoulder seam

1 cm 1 cm

18 cm 1cm from shoulder seam

2 cm
AD
R
A
C

2 cm

Right Sleeve

1 cm 1 cm

Left Sleeve

Figure 6A-1 Notes: 1. 2. 3. In Mess Dress senior officers wear bullion rank insignia. Bullion AUSTRALIA titles are not worn with the Army Badge. Bullion Army badges is worn on Mess Dress. Miniature bullion trade, parachute, military skill and aircrew badges are optional on Mess Dress. They are not provided at public expense.

ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 6

POSITIONING OF EMBELLISHMENTS ON MESS DRESS (OFFICERS - LIEUTENANT COLONEL AND BELOW)

POSITIONING OF EMBELLISHMENTS ON MESS DRESS (OFFICERS - LIEUTENANT COLONEL AND BELOW)

19 cm from shoulder seam

1 cm 1 cm 1 cm 1 cm

19 cm 1cm from shoulder seam

2 cm
AD
R
A
C

2 cm

Right Sleeve
Figure 6B-1 Notes: 1. 2. Metal rank insignia and AUSTRALIA titles are worn.

Miniature bullion trade, parachute, military skill and aircrew badges are optional on Mess Dress. They are not provided at public expense.

1 cm

Left Sleeve

ANNEX C TO CHAPTER 6

POSITIONING OF EMBELLISHMENTS ON MESS DRESS WHITE JACKET (COMMISSIONED OFFICERS)

POSITIONING OF EMBELLISHMENTS ON MESS DRESS WHITE JACKET (COMMISSIONED OFFICERS)

19 cm from shoulder seam

1 cm 1 cm 1 cm 1 cm

19 cm 1cm from shoulder seam

2 cm
AD
R
A
C

2 cm

Right Sleeve
Figure 6C-1 Notes: 1. 2. Metal rank insignia and AUSTRALIA titles are worn.

Miniature bullion trade, parachute, military skill and aircrew badges are optional on Mess Dress White Jacket. They are not provided at public expense.

1 cm

Left Sleeve

ANNEX D TO CHAPTER 6

POSITIONING OF EMBELLISHMENTS ON MESS DRESS WHITE JACKET (WARRANT OFFICERS AND NONCOMMISSIONED OFFICERS)
POSITIONING OF EMBELLISHMENTS ON MESS DRESS WHITE JACKET (WARRANT OFFICERS AND NONCOMMISSIONED OFFICERS)

19 cm from shoulder seam

1 cm 1 cm 1 cm 1 cm

19 cm 1cm from shoulder seam

2 cm

2 cm

7.5 cm 15.5 cm

7.5 cm 15.5 cm

Right Sleeve

Left Sleeve

Figure 6D-1 Notes: 1. Warrant Officer rank is positioned 13.5 cm from the shoulder seam.

ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 6

POSITIONING OF EMBELLISHMENTS ON MESS DRESS WHITE SHIRT

POSITIONING OF EMBELLISHMENTS ON MESS DRESS WHITE SHIRT
RAR

Senior Officer

Officers and Other Ranks

1 cm
T H E

A R M Y
A US TR A L A N

1 cm 3 mm

1 cm 3 mm

1 cm 7 cm

1 cm 6.5 cm 14 cm

14 cm

Right Sleeve

Left Sleeve

Figure 6E-1 Notes: 1. 2. 3. Metal rank insignia are worn by officers. Metal Corps/regiment or AUSTRALIA titles are worn as appropriate. Senior officers wear small gorget patch as for khaki polyester shirt. Warrant officer rank insignia is positioned 14 cm from the shoulder seam. If the sleeve of a short sleeved shirt is too short to accommodate the badges in the positions specified, warrant officer rank insignia may be placed wit the bottom edge in line with the sleeve hem.

CHAPTER 7

MILITARY POLICE
General 701 This chapter addresses those orders of dress, embellishments and accoutrements worn by members of the Royal Australian Corps of Military Corps of Military Police (RACMP) when engaged in military police (MP) duties. 702 At other times members of the RACMP wear orders of dress detailed in Army Standing Orders for Dress, volume 1, chapter 15. 703 RACMP members, when mounted on horseback, are to conform with the orders of military equestrian dress as detailed in chapter 15. Military Police Embellishments and Accoutrements. 704 MP Brassard/Armlet. MP brassards and armlets are a form of identification for MP when wearing uniform performing MP duties. They are worn with RACMP Patrol Order, Barracks Dress Disruptive Pattern Combat Uniform (DPCU) and Field Dress DPCU. The design of the MP armlet is specified in chapter 19, figure 19-2 and table 19-2. The design of the MP brassard is specified in chapter 19. 705 Accoutrements and Equipment. Accoutrements such as white web belts, distinctive brassards and armlets and MP equipment are worn only when engaged in MP duties. 706 RACMP Beret. The RACMP scarlet beret is worn by qualified personnel in accordance with the provisions for all special to corps/regiment/unit berets. 707 Barracks Dress DPCU and Field Dress DPCU. When wearing Barracks Dress DPCU and Field Dress DPCU the black MP brassard is worn whilst performing MP duties. When wearing Barracks Dress DPCU the Hat KFF or RACMP beret may be worn. Orders of Dress 708 Dress Code MP1 MP2 MP3 MP4 The special orders of dress for RACMP personnel are detailed in tables as follows: Dress Order Title RACMP Patrol Order RACMP Patrol Order Service Dress RACMP Motorcycle Patrol Order RACMP Motorcycle Patrol Order Service Dress Table 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4

7-2

TABLE 7-1
DRESS ORER: MP1 - RACMP Patrol Order This order of dress is only to be worn whilst carrying out MP patrol duties. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Notes: 1. 2. When a servicewoman is wearing a skirt, stockings or footlets are to be worn with black shoes. Worn when ordered to carry handcuffs. Hat KFF Beret RACMP Shirt polyester Trousers polyester Skirt polyester Socks Khaki Boots black Belt white and belt hooks Brassard polyester MP Pouch handcuff white Sweater lightweight khaki Note 2 Servicewomen Note 1 Item of Dress Remarks

Embellishments worn with this order are shown in the following table: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Item of Dress Army badge, embroidered Badges qualifying parachutist, trade, military skill Rank Insignia WO/NCO embroidered Lanyard Shoulder titles, metal (Corps) Ribbons of orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Nameplate Remarks

7-3

TABLE 7-2
DRESS ORER: MP2 - RACMP Patrol Order Service Dress This order of dress is only to be worn whilst carrying out MP patrol duties when Service Dress is required. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Notes: 1. 2. When a servicewoman is wearing a skirt, stockings or footlets are to be worn with black shoes. Worn when ordered to carry handcuffs. Hat KFF Beret RACMP Shirt polyester Jacket Service Dress Necktie khaki polyester Trousers Service Dress Skirt Service Dress Socks Khaki Boots black Belt white Armlet MP Pouch handcuff white Note 2 Servicewomen Note 1 Item of Dress Remarks

Embellishments worn with this order are shown in the following table: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Item of Dress Army badge, embroidered Badges qualifying parachutist, trade, military skill Collar badges Rank Insignia WO/NCO embroidered Lanyard Shoulder titles, metal (AUSTRALIA) Ribbons of orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Nameplate Remarks

7-4

TABLE 7-3
DRESS ORER: MP3 - RACMP Motorcycle Patrol Order This order of dress is only to be worn whilst carrying out MP motorcycle patrol duties or ceremonial motorcycle escorts. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Notes: 1. 2. 3. Worn when dismounted. Not worn on ceremonial motorcycle escorts. Worn when ordered to carry handcuffs. Hat KFF Beret RACMP Helmet motorcycle MP Shirt polyester Breeches khaki Jacket motorcycle leather Socks Khaki Boots black Leggings motorcycle Belt white and belt hooks Brassard polyester MP Pouch handcuff white Gauntlet white Notes 2 and 3 Note 2 Item of Dress Remarks Note 1 Note 1

Embellishments worn with this order are shown in the following table: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Notes: 1. Embellishments are not worn on leather motorcycle jacket. Item of Dress Army badge, embroidered Badges qualifying parachutist, trade, military skill Rank Insignia WO/NCO embroidered Lanyard Shoulder titles (Corps) Ribbons of orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Nameplate Remarks

7-5

TABLE 7-4
DRESS ORER: MP4 - RACMP Motorcycle Patrol Order Service Dress This order of dress is only to be worn whilst carrying out MP motorcycle patrol duties or ceremonial motorcycle escorts when Service Dress is required.. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1` 11 12 14 Notes: 1. 2. 3. Worn when dismounted. Not worn on ceremonial motorcycle escorts. Worn when ordered to carry handcuffs. Hat KFF Beret RACMP Helmet motorcycle MP Shirt polyester Jacket Service Dress Necktie khaki polyester Breeches khaki Socks Khaki Boots black Leggings motorcycle Belt white Armlet MP Pouch handcuff white Gauntlet white Notes 2 and 3 Item of Dress Remarks Note 1 Note 1

Embellishments worn with this order are shown in the following table: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Item of Dress Army badge, embroidered Badges qualifying parachutist, trade, military skill Rank Insignia WO/NCO embroidered Lanyard Shoulder titles, metal (AUSTRALIA) Collar badges Ribbons of orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Nameplate Remarks

7-6

CHAPTER 8

PHYSICAL TRAINING INSTRUCTORS

Introduction 801. This chapter details the special items of dress to be worn by Army Physical Training Instructors (PTI) when performing their instructional duties. Eligibility 802. Distinctive physical training (PT) dress is authorised to be worn by qualified PTI posted to authorised ECN 185 establishment positions. Entitlement 803. 3004/05. 804. Entitled personnel are issued wit the range of PT garments in accordance with Block Scale Reserved.

Wearing of Physical Training Dress 805. The following provisions are to be observed when wearing PT dress: a. b. Singlets and athletic shorts are only to be worn when conducting PT or preparing lessons. Singlets are not to be worn in messes. Headdress is to be worn at all times except when actually performing training or instructional duties. Headdress may be the Hat KFF or the white PTI cap.

Embellishment of Physical Training Dress 806. The only embellishments worn on PTI dress are badges of rank (embroidered red on white background), PTI qualification badges and embroidered red on white background name tags. 807. Badges of rank are positioned on PT garments as shown in figure 8-1. Badges of rank are not worn on suit wet weather. 808. The provisions for the PTI qualification badge are shown in annex I to chapter 25. The PTI qualification badge is normally embroidered directly onto PT garments during manufacture. PTI qualification badges are affixed to suit wet weather at manufacture. 809. Commissioned PTI are to wear badges of rank sewn on the shoulders of PT garments other than singlet and jacket wet weather. 810. Only officers who have qualified as a PTI are entitled to wear the PTI qualification badge.

8-2

12 cm

24 cm

Shirt, white with collar

Suit, athletic, track

Figure 8-1 - Positioning Badges of Rank on Physical Training Instructors Garments. Orders of Dress 811. The items of dress worn by PTI are detailed in table 8-1.

8-3

TABLE 8-1
DRESS ORDER: PT1 - Physical Training Dress This table details those items of PT dress which are worn by qualified PTI when engaged in PT duties. Garments are to be worn as appropriate to the activity being performed. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Hat KFF is to be worn on non-ceremonial parades or when ordered. The cap may be worn as an alternative to the hat KFF. Note that either the hat KFF or a cap must be worn at all times when not carrying out instructional duties. The top and bottom may be worn separately except when on parade. Worn when attending messes. Not to be worn in messes. Optional or as ordered for female PTI. Socks are to be completely white. To be worn only as a wet/cold weather garment. It may be worn as an alternative to the track suit in cold weather. Only worn when conducting activities involving swimming. Hat KFF Cap, white PTI Suit, athletic, track Shirt, white, with collar Singlet, athletic, white Shorts, athletic, red Skirt, red PTI Shorts, dress PTI, red Socks, athletic, white Shoes gymnasium Shoes running Jacket, wet weather Trousers, wet weather Trunks swimming Note 8 Note 8 Note 9 Note 6 Note 4 Note 7 Item of Dress Remarks Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 Note 5

CHAPTER 9

CATERING TRADES
General 901. Protective dress for personnel employed in the catering trades is to be worn in accordance with this chapter. 902. 903. 904. 905. The orders of dress detailed provide uniform standards throughout the Army. Protective dress is to be clean and in good repair. Reserved. Reserved.

ITEMS OF DRESS
Aprons 906. The apron is a lightweight protective garment worn over the top of all protective dress when working in the kitchen/dining room environment and is to be worn at full length. The apron is to be worn by all Australian Army Catering Corps (AACC) personnel or other personnel employed in the preparation of food. It is also to be worn by stewards whilst undertaking food preparation or general cleaning tasks. The apron is to be worn whilst undertaking meal service outside the Mess environment. It is not to be worn in the field. Bow Tie Black 907. A black bow tie is to be worn with all forms of stewards protective dress when actually performing bar or food serving duties. When preparing for functions the tie may be removed. 908. The Disruptive Pattern Combat Uniform apron, when introduced, is only to be worn in the field environment. Chef Jacket, White 909. The chef jacket is a lightweight white jacket with a bib front and long sleeves and white buttons. The jacket is to be worn with the right bib over the left. Chef jackets when issued are to be worn by all chefs. The jacket is not to be worn in the field environment. 910. 911. 912. 913. 914. Cufflinks 915. Cufflinks may be worn with the white long sleeve shirt. Cufflinks are to be in accordance with paragraph 627, chapter 6. When ironed, the jacket sleeves are to be ironed flat with no crease down the centre of the sleeve. The chef jacket is worn with a white neckerchief. Neckerchiefs of other colours are not to be worn. The jacket is to be embellished as detailed below. Non issued jackets are not to be worn. Chef jackets are not worn by officers. Reserved.

9-2 Cummerbund Black 916. A black cummerbund is to be worn with all forms of stewards protective dress. The cummerbund join is to on the left side of the body. Non issued cummerbunds are not to be worn. Footwear 917. Boots. Safety boots black (protective cap) are to be worn by all chefs while working in a Mess environment. Trousers are not to be bloused when worn with safety boots. 918. Shoes. Shoes safety black (protective cap) (when issued) are to be worn by all stewards when working in a Mess environment. When worn with trousers black socks are to be worn. When worn with the skirt stewards dark blue/black stockings/pantihose are to be worn. Headdress 919. The chef hat/cap white is to be worn by all chefs when wearing protective dress in the kitchen environment. They are also to be worn whilst undertaking meal service outside the mess environment. The Hat KFF or special to corps/regiment/unit beret is to be worn outside the kitchen environment. Warrant officers may wear the khaki cap. Jacket White, Eton Style 920. The Jacket White, Eton Style, is to be worn in the Mess environment by stewards and Supervisors Army Messes when employed as a steward on all Mess functions or as directed by the Mess Committee. The jacket is embellished as detailed below. The chain between the buttons is to be 8.5cm in length. Non issued button insignia assembly are not to be worn. Shirts 921. Shirt white, long sleeve. The shirt white, long sleeve is to be worn under the Jacket White, Eton Style. It may be worn with cufflinks of approved design (refer to paragraph 915). 922. Shirt white, short sleeve. The shirt white, short sleeve may be worn as an outer garment in Steward Dress White Shirt or as ordered by the Mess Committee. When involve in bar duties or food service, stewards are to wear the black bow tie with the short sleeve shirt. The shirt may be worn in lieu of the chef jacket if it is not issued, if the jacket is issued then it must be worn. 923. 924. Reserved. Reserved.

Skirt Steward, Dark Blue Australian Army Catering Corps 925. The skirt steward blue is a lightweight blue mid length skirt with the AACC stripe on the sides. It is worn by all female stewards. The skirt is not to be worn in the field environment. Sweater Black Lightweight 926. The sweater is lightweight black with a V neck. The issue white shirt is to be worn under the sweater. When not wearing a bow tie the collar is to be worn out over the neckband of the sweater. It may be worn by all AACC personnel when in protective dress. The black sweater is not to be worn with the chef jacket or Jacket White, Eton Style. The sweater is embellished as detailed below. The sweater, lightweight khaki and sweater khaki field are not to be worn by AACC personnel when wearing chef/steward protective dress.

9-3 Trousers Steward, Dark blue 927. Trouser steward blue is a lightweight blue trouser with the AACC stripe on the sides. It is worn by all male stewards. Trousers blue are not to be worn in the field environment. If approval is given for introduction, trousers blue (tailored to fit) may be worn by female stewards as an alternative to the skirt.

DRESS EMBELLISHMENT
928. The following paragraphs detail the embellishment of catering dress items.

Rank Insignia 929. follows: Warrant Officer. The badges of rank to be worn on catering garments by warrant officers are as a. b. c. d. Jacket White, Eton Style: embroidered badge on large white shaped backing. Chef Jacket embroidered badge on large white shaped backing. Shirt, white short sleeve: embroidered badge on rectangular white backing. Sweater, lightweight, black: embroidered badge on rectangular blue backing.

930. Noncommissioned Officer. The badges of rank to be worn on catering garmetns by noncommissioned officers are as follows: a. b. c. d. Army Badge 931. The Army badge is worn on garments as follows: a. b. c. d. Trade Badge 932. Trade badges are worn by eligible personnel on garments as follows: a. b. c. Jacket White, Eton Style: embroidered gold badge on white or distinctive backing. Shirt, white, short sleeve: embroidered gold badge on white or distinctive backing Trade badges are not worn on chef jacket, shirt long sleeve or sweater lightweight black. Jacket White, Eton Style: embroidered gold badge on white backing. Chef Jacket: embroidered gold badge on white backing. Shirt, white, short sleeve: embroidered gold badge on white backing Sweater, lightweight, black: embroidered gold badge on blue backing. Jacket White, Eton Style: embroidered gold badge on white backing. Chef Jacket: embroidered gold badge on white backing. Shirt, white, short sleeve: embroidered gold badge on white backing Sweater, lightweight, black: embroidered gold badge on blue backing.

9-4 Military Skills Badges 933. Military skills badges are worn by eligible personnel on garments as follows: a. b. c. Jacket White, Eton Style: embroidered gold badge on white backing. Shirt, white, short sleeve: embroidered gold badge on white backing Military badges are not worn on chef jacket, shirt long sleeve or sweater lightweight black.

Parachutist Badges 934. Parachutist badges are worn by eligible personnel on garments as follows: a. b. c. Jacket White, Eton Style: embroidered badge on white or distinctive backing. Shirt, white, short sleeve: embroidered badge on white or distinctive backing Parachutist badges are not worn on chef jacket, shirt long sleeve or sweater lightweight black.

Other Embellishments 935. Medals. Miniature medals are worn on Jacket White, Eton Style. Ribbons are worn on Steward Dress white Shirt. 936. Unit Citations. Miniature emblems of unit citations are worn on Jacket White, Eton Style. Full size emblems are worn on Steward Dress, White Shirt. 937. Individual Commendation Badges. Miniatures individual commendation badges are worn on Jacket White, Eton Style. Full size badges are worn on Steward Dress White Shirt. 938. Infantry Combat Badge (ICB). Miniature ICB is worn on Jacket White, Eton Style. Full size badge is worn on Steward Dress White Shirt. 939. AIRN Badge. The AIRN badge is worn on Steward Dress, White Shirt and is positioned as for the khaki polyester shirt. 940. 941. sweater. 942. 943. 944. Embellishments are positioned as detailed in chapter 6, Mess Dress. Embellishments in paragraphs 935-8 are not worn on white long sleeve shirt, chef jacket or Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

Orders of Dress 945. Steward Dress, White Shirt is only to be worn when diners are wearing Mess Dress White Shirt, or as directed by the Mess Committee.

9-5 946. tables: Dress Code CT1 CT2 The orders of dress worn by personnel employed in the catering trades are given in the following

Dress Order Title Catering Dress - Chef Supervisor/Steward Army Messes

Table 9-1 9-2

9-6

TABLE 9-1
DRESS ORDER: CT1 - Catering Dress - Chef This order of dress is to be worn by all chefs when employed in food preparation when not in the field. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Worn at all times when employed in food preparation/service. Not to be worn when the chef jacket has been issued. To be worn with insignia rank warrant officer embroidered on white backing or insignia rank, noncommissioned officer, gold embroidered on the appropriate colour backing. Worn by all ranks, except officers. Trousers are to be worn unbloused in accordance with Army-Occupational Health and Safety Manual (A-OHSMAN). To be worn at all times whilst working in the mess environment. Apron is to be worn at full length in accordance with A-OHSMAN. Not to be worn with the chef jacket. Cap/Hat Chef Shirt, white, short sleeve Chef jacket, white Trousers chef, check Belt, khaki 32 m Socks, khaki Boots, safety protective cap Apron, white, chef Sweater, V neck, black Note 6 Note 7 Notes 3 and 8 Item of Dress Remarks Note 1 Notes 2 and 3 Notes 3 and 4 Note 5 Note 5

9-7

TABLE 9-2
DRESS ORDER: CT2 - Supervision/Steward Army Messes This order of dress is to be worn by all Stewards and Supervisor Army Messes when employed in food and beverage preparation and service. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Notes: 1. The jacket is worn in the Mess environment only. It is worn when employed as a steward, on all Mess functions or as directed by the Mess Committee. It is not to be worn during preparation of food. The jacket may be worn as an optional dress when the diners wear Mess Dress White Shirt. To be worn with insignia rank warrant officer embroidered on large shaped white backing or insignia rank, noncommissioned officer, gold embroidered on the appropriate colour backing. AACC collar badges and metal AUSTRALIA titles are worn. When the shirt is worn as Mess Dress White Shirt it is to be worn with shoulder boards AACC and all other requirements of Dress Order 6C. To be worn with insignia rank warrant officer embroidered on small rectangular white backing or insignia rank, noncommissioned officer, gold embroidered on white backing. AACC metal shoulder titles are worn. Worn at all times during bar and meal service with all forms of Steward and Supervisor Army Messes dress. To be worn during all food preparation in the kitchen environment. Not worn on Jacket White, Eton Style. Jacket, Eton style Shirt, white, long sleeve/short sleeve Bow tie, black Trousers steward, dark blue Suspenders trousers, white Cumberbund, black Socks black/stockings black Skirt steward, dark blue Shoes safety, black Cap food handler Apron chef, white Sweater V neck, black Note 6 Note 6 Note 4 Optional Item of Dress Remarks Notes 1 and 2 Notes 3 and 4 Note 5

2.

3. 4.

5. 6. 7.

CHAPTER 10 SCOTTISH DRESS GENERAL

Authority for Wearing 1001. Scottish dress is authorised to be worn by: a. A member of the Scottish sub-units of: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) b. c. d. 2/17 RNSWR, Black Watch tartan; 41 RNSWR, Black Watch tartan with Argyle Sett; 5/6 RVR, Gordon tartan; 10/27 RSAR, Mackenzie Seaforth tartan; and 16 RWAR, Cameron tartan (16 RWAR personnel are to wear a Highland bonnet with appropriate order of dress)

Regimental Adjutant (Directorate of Infantry) and adjutants of authorised units; An officer posted to the headquarters of 2/17 RNSWR, 41 RNSWR, 5/6 RVR, 10/27 RSAR or 16 RWAR who has served in the Scottish sub-unit; and An authorised unit pipes and drums.

Provision of Scottish Dress 1002. Drums). 1003. expense. The provision of Scottish dress is described in Block Scale 3002/20 and 3002/23 (Pipes and The provision of any other item worn in accordance with regimental customs, is to be at regimental

Wearing of Scottish Dress 1004. units. Scottish items of dress are to be worn in accordance with the customs and traditions of Scottish

1005. Scottish orders of dress are to be worn by authorised units and sub-units on general duty ceremonial and mess occasions. Scottish orders of dress are to conform to the Australian orders of dress worn by the parent unit. This means that when ceremonial orders of dress are worn by the unit, members authorised to wear Scottish dress also wear the ceremonial forms of that dress, similarly with general duty and mess orders of dress. 1006. unit. A member of a Scottish sub-unit is to conform to the order of field dress authorised for the whole

1007. A member of a pipes and drums may only wear mixed Scottish and Australian items of uniform when specifically authorised by Army Headquarters. 1008. Female personnel attached o the RA Inf Scottish units are not authorised to wear Scottish. Females posted to units of other corps authorised to wear Scottish dress wear those orders of dress in the same manner as males.

10-2 1009. Scottish dress is embellished in the same manner as Service Dress.

Scottish Orders of Dress 1010. Orders of dress for Scottish sub-units are of a standard pattern except for the following items: a. b. c. d. e. 1011. Dress Code SD1 SD2 SD3 SD4 SD5 SD6 1012. 1013. 1014. Bonnet, Regimental kilt, Diced hose-tops, Garters, and Sporran.

The Scottish orders of dress are described in tables as follows: Dress Order Title Scottish Dress Ceremonial Scottish Dress General Duty Scottish Mess Dress Scottish Mess Dress White Jacket Pipes and Drums Ceremonial Dress No 1 Pipes and Drums Ceremonial Dress No 2 Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Table 10-1 10-2 10-3 10-4 10-5 10-6

ITEMS OF SCOTTISH DRESS

Bonnets 1015. There are three different styles of bonnets worn by Scottish units, Pipes and Drums Section (School of Infantry) and/or a unit Pipes and Drums. The different styles are: a. b. c. Bonnet Balmoral(Blue or Khaki), Bonnet Glengarry, and Bonnet Feather (Emu/Ostrich Feathers)

1016. Bonnet Balmoral (Blue or Khaki). The Bonnet Balmoral Blue has a plain or chequered headband according to the particular regiment. The blue or khaki bonnet is to be worn with the headband straight across the forehead and with the lower edge 2.5 cm above the eyebrow, the slack being pulled to the right front and the centre point in line with the nose. The ribbons at the back are tied in a bow and stitched to the band.

10-3 1017. The regimental headdress badge for the Bonnet Balmoral is to be worn centrally on a rosette, or patch, 9 cm square, colour black for the blue bonnet and regimental tartan for the khaki bonnet. The tartan cloth may be fringed or frayed at the edges according to regimental custom. The rosette or patch, with badge, is placed with the centre of the badge 9.5 cm to the left of the centre front point of the bonnet (the front point is directly opposite the centre of the bow at the back) and with the lower edge of the rosette level with the lower edge of the headband. 1018. Bonnet Glengarry (Blue or Khaki). The Bonnet Glengarry has a plain headband and is worn with the headband straight across the forehead with the lower edge 2 cm above the right eyebrow. The crease at the front of the Bonnet Glengarry is positioned in line with the nose. 1019. The Regimental headdress badge for the Bonnet Glengarry is to be worn centrally on a Regimental tartan patch, 9 cm square. The tartan patch may be fringed or frayed at the edges according to Regimental custom. The tartan patch is positioned on the left side of the bonnet. 1020. Bonnet Feather (Emu/Ostrich Feathers). The Bonnet Feather is a ceremonial bonnet consisting of three to five tails hanging on the right side of the bonnet. The headband is a diced pattern according to regimental custom. The bonnet is to sit square on the head with the chin strap securely worn on the point of the chin in the same manner as the Hat KFF. The hackle of the bonnet is placed in the recess located on the left side of the bonnet behind the tartan patch which supports the regimental badge. The hackle is secured to the diveice at the top of the bonnet. The regimental badge is worn centrally on a 9 cm square regimental tartan patch. Gaiters Highland 1021. Gaiters highland were originally designed to protect the ankles of soldiers when operating in rugged terrain. The gaiters (also known as spats) should be a firm fit close to the ankle and calf of legs. The points of gaiters are to be in line with the rear seam of the hose (centre rear of the leg). The colour of gaiter buttons is to be in accordance with regimental custom. Hackles 1022. Hackles are worn on bonnets with Scottish orders of dress as prescribed. Hackles are either blue or red. They are not provided at public expense. Hose Tops 1023. Hose tops may be either full or footless. They are worn when wearing gaiters highland on ceremonial occasion. The design of hose tops is in accordance with regimental custom. Hose tops are worn with the folder upper edge 8 cm below the knee cap and the seam of the hose worn in the centre rear of the leg. Kilt Panels and Kilt Rosettes. 1024. Kilt panels may be worn with Scottish dress by officers, warrant officers and substantive sergeants. Kilt rosettes are to be placed on the same alignment as the kilt panel and four pleats back from the right pleat. Regimental Cross Belt 1025. The cross belt is designed to support a sword (claymore). The cross belt is worn over the right shoulder, passing under the epaulette. Regimental Flashes 1026. Regimental flashes are designed to support hose tops and are designed and worn in accordance with regimental custom.

10-4 Regimental Kilt 1027. The regimental kilt is worn with the apron (unpleated) facing the front of the body. The Tartan Sett of the apron is to run vertically through the centre of the body with the fringe of the apron on the right side. The apron may be secured wit a kilt pin. Regimental Plaid (Piper) 1028. The plaid worn by pipers is a pleated tartan blanket wrapped around the chest and secured by the plain brooch at a point level with the left shoulder. The plain is worn according to regimental custom. Regimental Plaid (Drummer) 1029. The plaid worn by drummers is a pleated tartan blanket with two different ends. One end of the plaid is belted, the other end is fringed in accordance with regimental custom. The belted end is secured around the waist and positioned on the left side of the body under the jacket. The fringed end is placed under the left epaulette and secured by the plaid brooch. Regimental Waist Belt 1030. The waist belt is a leather or PVC belt which supports the dirk. The buckle is embellished with the regimental badge in accordance with regimental custom. The waist belt is worn over the cross belt. Sash Drum Major 1031. The drum major sash is embellished with regimental embellishments including badge and battle honours. It is worn over the left shoulder, crossing the body, with the lower edge of the sash on the right hip. Sash Scarlet (RA Inf) 1032. The scarlet sash is worn by entitled RA Inf Personnel. When worn with Ceremonial Dress No. 1 and No. 2 (Dress Orders SD5 and SD6) entitled RA Inf pipes and drums personnel are to wear the sash over the left shoulder, crossing the body with the bottom edge of the sash on the right hip. 1033. 1034. Reserved. Reserved.

Shoes Highland 1035. A member wearing Scottish dress is to wear shoes highland as authorised in Block Scale 3002/23 in accordance with the customs of the members regiment. Gillie Brogues is not an authorised pattern shoe. Sporran 1036. Sporrans may be either hair sporran or leather. The regimental hair sporran was originally an ammunition/ration pouch. It usually has a metal clasp-top adorned with the regimental badge supporting to two or more tassels according to regimental custom. The sporran strap is fitted snugly into the groin and adjusted according to the size of the wearer. The hair of the sporran hangs not further than 2 cm below the kilt. The leather sporran should be worn uniformly at the same distance from the top of kilt. Sporrans other than the leather item in Block Scale 3002/20 are not provided at public expense. Stockings 1037. A member of a Scottish unit may wear long stockings of regimental pattern when the kilt is worn.

10-5 Scottish Dress Accessories 1038. Claymores. A claymore may be worn instead of a sword in ceremonial dress by an officer or Warrant officer Class One entitled to wear Scottish dress. Claymores are not provided at public expense. 1039. Regimental Dirk. The dirk is a small-arms weapon and used along side the Broadsword (Claymore). The dirk is normally worn by officers, warrant officers, pipers and drummers of the Regiment. Tradition relates that the soldier sealed his solemn oath before battle by kissing the blade of the dirk. The dirk is worn on the right side suspended from the belt according to regimental custom. 1040. Regimental Kilt Pin. The regimental kilt pin is designed to secure the outer and inner aprons of the kilt in windy weather. The pin is adorned with the regimental badge. It is worn by fastening it on the right hand side of the outer apron on the second sett from the base of the apron. 1041. Regimental Plain Brooch. The regimental plaid brooch is a circular device which supports the regimental badge at its centre. The brooch is used to secure the plaid and is positioned on the left side, level with the shoulder. To avoid loss, the brooch supporting pin should run vertically behind the regimental badge. 1042. Regimental Sgian Dubh (Skean Dhu). The Sgian Dubh (Stocking Knife) is not a weapon as such but a utility knife which was concealed in the event of treachery by a host. Sgian means dagger, Dubh means Black. The Sgian Dubh is worn in the right sock, displaying the handle above the top of the hose according to regimental custom.

10-6

TABLE 10-1
DRESS ORDER: SD1 - Scottish Ceremonial Dress This order of dress is worn by authorised personnel on ceremonial occasions. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Notes 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Utility jacket or service dress jacket may be worn at any time or as ordered. A khaki polyester tie is to be worn when the jacket is worn. May be worn instead of sword and accessories. May be worn by officers, warrant officers and authorised pipers. Worn by Officer and WO1 as ordered when on parade in winter. Optional when not on parade. The type worn is to be in accordance with regimental customs. WO2, SSGT and SGT of the RA Inf. Not worn when on parade. Item of Dress Bonnet Glengarry/Balmoral Shirt khaki polyester Shoulder boards khaki Utility Jacket/Service Dress Jacket Kilt regimental Hose-tops diced Gaiters Highland Garter flashes Shoes Highland black Sam Browne belt Sword and accessories Black web belt Claymore Sgian dubh Gloves leather brown Personal weapon Sporran leather Orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit and individual awards Sash scarlet Nameplate Note 6 Note 7 Officer and WO1 Officer and WO1 OR Officer and WO1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 OR Note 5 Officer Note 1 Remarks

10-7

TABLE 10-2
DRESS ORDER: SD2 - Scottish General Duty Dress This order of dress is the general duty dress for authorised personnel. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Notes 1. 2. 3. Utility jacket or service dress jacket may be worn at any time or as ordered. A khaki polyester tie is to be worn when the jacket is worn. May be worn by officers, warrant officers and authorised pipers. The type worn is to be in accordance with regimental customs. Item of Dress Bonnet Glengarry/Balmoral Shirt khaki polyester Embroidered rank slides Utility Jacket/Service Dress Jacket Jacket service dress Kilt regimental Stockings khaki Garter flashes Shoes Highland black Sgian dubh Sporran leather Ribbons or orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit and individual awards Nameplate Note 7 Note 2 Note 3 regimental pattern Officer Note 1 Remarks

10-8

TABLE 10-3
DRESS ORDER: SD3 - Scottish Mess Dress This order of Scottish mess dress is worn by offers when mess dress is ordered for the Scottish unit or sub-unit. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Bonnet Glengarry Blue Shirt white, french front Bow tie black Jacket Corps Waistcoat Corps Kilt regimental Stockings diced with garter flashes Shoes Highland black Sporran leather Sgian dubh Gloves white Miniatures of orders, decorations and medals Miniature emblems of unit and individual awards As per Block Scale 3002/23 As per Block Scale 3002/23 optional as ordered Item of Dress Remarks

10-9

TABLE 10-4
DRESS ORDER: SD4 - Scottish Mess Dress White Jacket This order of Scottish mess dress is worn by officers and other ranks of the rank of sergeant and above when Mess Dress White Jacket is ordered for the Scottish unit or sub-unit. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Notes: 1. Headdress should be worn by personnel performing duties or attending functions where it is appropriate, eg military ceremonies. (Members of Colour parties remove headdress after securing the Colours.) Worn by WO2, SSGT, SGT of the RA Inf Bonnet Glengarry Blue Shirt white, plain front Bow tie black Jacket White Corps cummerbund Kilt regimental Stockings diced with garter flashes Shoes Highland black Sporran leather Sgian dubh Miniatures of orders, decorations and medals Miniature emblems of unit and individual awards Sash Scarlett Note 2 As per Block Scale 3002/23 As per Block Scale 3002/23 optional Item of Dress Remarks

2.

10-10

TABLE 10-5
DRESS ORDER: SD5 - Pipes and Drums Ceremonial Dress No 1 This order of Scottish mess dress is worn by members of pipes and drums when performing ceremonial activities in cool weather. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. May be worn instead of sword and accessories. Worn by WO1 on parade as ordered. Optional when not on parade. The type worn is to be in accordance with regimental customs. (Normally Horse Hair Ceremonial.) WO2, SSGT, SGT of the RA Inf Item of Dress Bonnet Glengarry/Balmoral/Feathere Ceremonial Jacket, green Kilt regimental Pin Kilt, regimental Hose-tops diced, regimental Gaiters Highland Garter flashes Shoes Highland Cross belt Waist belt, regimental Plaid, regimental Brooch plaid, regimental Claymore Sgian dubh Dirk, regimental Gloves leather brown Sporran, ceremonial regimental Orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit and individual awards Sash scarlet Note 4 WO1 Note 2 Optional Optional Note 2 Note 3 Remarks

10-11

TABLE 10-6
DRESS ORDER: SD6 - Pipes and Drums Ceremonial Dress No 2 This order of Scottish mess dress is worn by members of pipes and drums when performing ceremonial activities in warm weather. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Jacket White Ceremonial Australian Army Band Corps, modified. May be worn instead of sword and accessories. Worn by WO1 on parade as ordered. Optional when not on parade. The type worn is to be in accordance with regimental customs. (Normally Horse Hair Ceremonial.) WO2, SSGT, SGT of the RA Inf Bonnet Glengarry Blue Jacket Ceremonial White Kilt regimental Hose-tops diced Gaiters Highland Garter flashes Shoes Highland Cross belt Waist belt, regimental Claymore Sgian dubh Gloves leather brown Sporran, ceremonial Orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit and individual awards Sash scarlet Note 5 WO1 Note 2 Optional Note 3 Note 4 Note 1 Item of Dress Remarks

CHAPTER 11

BAND CEREMONIAL DRESS

General 1101. Army bands have a range of ceremonial uniforms which may be worn as an alternative to normal Army uniform when performing band duties. These uniforms are listed in Block Scale 3002/23. 1102. Basic ceremonial uniforms for bands are provided and maintained at public expense. Uniforms of a historical pattern approved by corps/regimental councils and Assistant Chief of the General Staff - Personnel, procured and maintained at unit/regimental expense may be worn for ceremonial purposes by Army bands within Australia. 1103. Ceremonial dress for pipes and drums is included in chapter 10, Scottish Dress.

Wearing Band Ceremonial Uniform 1104. Band ceremonial dress is worn on occasions when bands are performing band duties. On formal ceremonial occasions such as ceremonial parade the Number 1 ceremonial orders are worn. On other occasions such as concerts the Number 2 ceremonial orders of dress may be worn. 1105. Bands may also wear normal orders of ceremonial and general duty dress when performing. The wearing of those orders of dress is encouraged, especially on occasions of significance to the Army such as ANZAC Day. Guards of Honour or at other times when the Army image is important. 1106. Bands performing overseas are to wear normal orders of Army dress to enhance national identity. Band ceremonial dress is not to be worn overseas. 1107. Buglers performing as individuals on occasions when a band is not engaged are to wear normal orders of Army dress and not band ceremonial dress. In exceptional circumstances when buglers are required to perform at functions which are clearly of a heritage nature and a band is not engaged, band ceremonial dress may be worn at the direction of commanding officers or music directors. 1108. On occasions when mourning bands are worn the mourning band is only to be worn by the music director or bandmaster, or the person performing the duties of music director or bandmaster, and the drum major for the engagement. Warrant officer Band Sergeant Major wear mourning bands in accordance with paragraph 1950. 1109. Individual Australian Army Band Corps (AABC) bands are permitted to embellish the basic band ceremonial uniform with items such as dress cords etc on the condition that the items are not permanently attached, uniforms are not damaged and personnel are able to transfer between units with the basic uniform intact. Under the same conditions, the basic ceremonial uniforms or corps/regiment or unit bands may be embellished in accordance with regimental custom. 1110. 1111. ordered. Standard Army uniforms are not to be embellished or mixed with band ceremonial dress items. Headdress is to be worn by the conductor and members of fanfare teams and by buglers when

1112. Garments such as dust coats, track suit tops or polo shirts worn to protect ceremonial jackets are to be worn only during travel and while preparing for performances. The are not be worn in public.

11-2 1113. When the Service Dress is worn as a band ceremonial it is to be worn without the black ceremonial belt in the same manner as the scarlet and white ceremonial jacket. Buglers required to perform on occasions when the band is not engaged are to wear the uniform in accordance with Dress Order 1B: Ceremonial Parade Service Dress. 1114. Reserved

Items of Ceremonial Dress 1115. Helmet: a. b. c. The standards Army helmet is the 1977 AABC pattern white helmet which is worn with metal chin strap, dome and spike and lions head. The corps badge is worn centrally on the front of the helmet with the lowest central point of the badge 1 cm above the puggaree. The method of assembly of the helmet components is given in annex A. A ball replaces the helmet spike for bands of the Royal Australian Artillery.

1116. Blue Cap. Bands were the standard Blue Cap (other ranks (OR) patter or officer pattern as appropriate). Officers of the rank of Major and above have their cap brims embellished with gold braid. 1117. Jackets: a. b. c. d. e. AABC bands were the AABC pattern scarlet or white jackets. Other bands wear the Patrol Blue Jacket and Patrol White Jacket. Officers wear gold shoulder cords on jackets. AABC Or scarlet jackets have rifle green and gold should straps. AABC OR wear green and gold shoulder boards on white jackets. Other corps wear blue or white shoulder straps. Collar badges are positioned on patrol collars as detailed in chapter 21. Line-40 buttons are worn on the front of scarlet jackets; Line-30 buttons are worn on blue jackets; Line-40 buttons are worn on the front of white jackets with Line-30 buttons on the pockets. The corners of the breast pocket flaps of white jackets are to be secured with press-studs or sewn down. A plain white T-shirt is to be worn at all times under white jackets.

f. g. 1118.

Trousers: a. b. c. AABC bands wear AABC blue trousers with a 1 cm scarlet stripe. Other bands wear blue trousers with coloured stripes appropriate to corps (refer to chapter 6, Mess Dress). Female personnel are to wear blue trousers with band ceremonial dress. Braces should be worn with trousers (white braces are worn under white jackets).

1119. Footwear. Bands wear black boots or shoes with band ceremonial dress as detailed in the orders of dress below. Shoes are not worn on parade. 1120. Mess Dress. Mess Dress may be worn by officers for concert performances as an alternative to scarlet or blue jackets.

11-3 1121. Sashes. Sashes are worn by band personnel as follows: a. b. 1122. Belts: a. b. 1123. 1124. 1125. WO1 performing the duties of bandmaster of bands of other Corps wear the Sam Browne belt. Warrant Officer Class Two (WO2) and OR do not wear belts with band ceremonial uniforms. AABC officers - rifle green sash. AABC Warrant Officer Class One (WO1) performing the duties of music director - rifle green sash when a sword is not worn.

Reserved. Reserved. Swords. Swords are worn as follows: a. When bands are on parade in normal orders of ceremonial parade dress, ie Dress Order 1A: Ceremonial parade Dress or Dress Order 1B: Ceremonial Parade Service Dress, swords with leather equipment and Sam Browne belts are worn by officers and WO1 in accordance with the instructions for those orders of dress as given in Army Standing Orders for Dress, volume 1, chapter 5. Drum majors and WO2 bandmasters wear swords appropriate to corps with white slung equipment. In band ceremonial dress swords are to be worn only when bands are on parade with armed troops and only by personnel performing in the appointments of music director/bandmaster and drum major. Swords are not to be worn within the ranks of bands when band ceremonial dress is worn. The method of assembly and wearing of swords is given in chapter 19. When worn with band ceremonial dress, swords are worn by band personnel as follows: (1) AABC officers - infantry sword in metal scabbard worn with gold (or gold and crimson) sword knot and straps and suspended from a waist belt and shoulder suspender which is worn under the jacket. AABC WO1 performing the duties of music director - infantry sword in metal scabbard slung on white sword equipment. WO1 performing the duties of bandmaster of bands of other Corps - infantry (or cavalry/artillery if appropriate) sword worn with leather sword equipment and Sam Browne belt. AABC WO2 performing the duties of music director or WO2 performing the duties of bandmaster of bands of other corps - infantry (or cavalry/artillery if appropriate) sword in metal scabbard slung on white sword equipment. Drum major (of any rank) - infantry sword in metal scabbard slung on white sword equipment.

b.

(2) (3)

(4)

(5)

1126. Gloves and Gauntlets. White cotton gloves may be worn by bands and fanfare teams at the direction of Commanding Officers, Officers Commanding (OC)/Music Directors or bandmasters. Officers wear white leather gloves. Drum Majors, cymbal players and bass drummers wear white leather gauntlets.

11-4 1127. Drum Major Sash. A sash of authorised design is worn by drum majors when on parade with marching bands. Medals and other embellishments to which members are entitled and which are normally worn on the left breast are worn on the sash. Medals and badges are positioned as shown in figure 11-1.

Figure 11-1 - Positioning Medals on the Drum Major Sash

1128.

Rank Insignia a. b. Officers. Metal rank insignia are worn on gold shoulder cords on ceremonial jackets. The positioning of rank insignia on shoulder cords is detailed in chapter 19. Warrant Officers. AABC warrant officers are to wear embroidered badges on scarlet or white backing on scarlet and white jackets respectively. Other corps wear gold or silver embroidered badges on blue or white backing. Warrant officer rank is positioned as detailed in chapter 22. Noncommissioned Officers (NCO). AABC NCO are to wear embroidered badges on scarlet or rifle green backing on scarlet and white jackets respectively. Other corps wear gold or silver embroidered badges on blue or white backing. NCO rank is worn as detailed in chapter 22. Staff Sergeant rank badges are to be worn with the crown separated from the chevrons. The crown is to be located centrally above the chevrons with the lower edge of the badge (not the backing) on the horizontal line joining the upper tips of the top chevron.

c.

1129.

Medals, Emblems of Unit Awards and Individual Commendations: a. Medals are to be court mounted and positioned on ceremonial jackets as follows: (1) (2) (3) White Jacket/Blue Jacket - centrally above the left breast pocket. Scarlet Jacket - centrally between the line of buttons and the left sleeve seam, with the top of the medal ribbon/s in line with the second button. Authorised unofficial medals are worn on equivalent positions on the right side.

11-5 b. Emblems of unit citations or individual commendations are worn as follows: (1) (2) White Jacket/Blue Jacket - on the right side above the pocket as detailed in chapter 28. Scarlet Jacket -. on the right side positioned with the lower edge of the commendation badge or the unit citation centrally on the horizontal line between the second button and the sleeve seam. If both are worn, the unit citation is positioned as indicated with the commendation badge above unit citations as detailed in chapter 28

c.

Recruit Instructor (RI)and Army Individual Readiness Notification (AIRN) badges: (1) (2) White Jacket/Blue Jacket - on the right side as detailed in chapter 27 (annexes D and B). Scarlet Jacket - on the right side with the lower edge of the bottom badge positioned centrally on the horizontal line between the second button and the sleeve seam. If more than one badge is worn, they are positioned vertically, at intervals of 1 cm, the sequence from lowest to highest being RI badge, AIRN badge, unit citations and individual commendations.

d.

The positioning of medals and emblems on jackets is shown in figure 11-2.

a. White/Blue Jacket

b. Scarlet Jacket

Figure 11-2 - Positioning of Medals and Emblems on Ceremonial Jackets Other Badges 1130. The Army badge, the musician qualification badge, parachute badges and military skills badges are worn on band ceremonial jackets. They are positioned as for Service Dress. Badges on scarlet/white/blue backing are worn, unless the badge has a distinctive backing such as the Special Air Service Regiment parachute badge, 3 RAR parachute badge.

11-6 Orders of Dress 1131. Dress Code BC1 BC2 BC3 BC4 The orders of band ceremonial dress are detailed in tables as follows: Dress Order Title No 1 AABC Ceremonial Dress No 2 AABC Ceremonial Dress No 1 Band Ceremonial Dress No 2 Band Ceremonial Dress Table 11-1 11-2 11-3 11-4

TABLE 11-1
BAND CEREMONIAL DRESS ORDER: BC1 - No 1 AABC Ceremonial Dress This order of dress is worn by AABC bands when on parade with armed troops or when the occasion makes it appropriate to wear No. 1 ceremonial uniform. Items of dress to be worn: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Headdress may be removed indoors. Scarlet or white jacket may be worn at the discretion of the OC/Music Director or Bandmaster, irrespective of season. Officers wear white kid leather gloves OR wear white cotton gloves when ordered. Worn by Drum Major, bass drummer and cymbal player. Worn by Drum Major when performing with a marching band. Item of Dress Helmet White, 1977 pattern Ceremonial jacket, scarlet or white Trousers, blue, AABC pattern Socks black Boots dress black Gloves, white Gauntlets white Sash Drum Major Note 3 Note 4 Note 5 Remarks Note 1 Note 2

11-7 Embellishments worn with this order of dress are shown in the table below: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Notes: 1. 2. 3. Badges worn on scarlet or white background unless the badge has a distinctive background. Refer to chapters 24, 25 and 26. Shoulder boards are worn only on the white jackets. Worn by designated personnel when on parade with armed troops (paragraph 1125). Item of Dress Army badge, embroidered on scarlet/white background Badges qualifying parachutist, trade, military skill Rank insignia WO/NCO, embroidered gold on scarleVwhite/rifle green Collar badges Shoulder boards, AABC pattern Sword and accessories Orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Officer OR Note 2 Note 3 Note 1 Remarks

11-8

TABLE 11-2
BAND CEREMONIAL DRESS ORDER: BC2 - AABC Ceremonial Dress This order of dress is worn by AABC bands when No. 1 ceremonial dress is not appropriate. Items of dress to be worn: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 Notes: 1. 2. 3. Headdress is worn as appropriate or as ordered. Scarlet or white jacket may be worn at the discretion of the Commanding Officer, OC/Music Director or Bandmaster irrespective of season. Worn by AABC officers and AABC WO1 performing the duties of Music Director (paragraph 1121). Cap Blue Ceremonial jacket, scarlet or white Trousers, blue, AABC pattern Socks black Shoes black Sash waist, rifle green Note 3 Item of Dress Remarks Note 1 Note 2

Embellishments worn with this order of dress are shown in the table below: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Notes: 1. 2. Badges worn on scarlet or white background unless the badge has a distinctive background. Refer to chapters 24, 25 and 26. Shoulder boards are worn only on the white jackets. Item of Dress Army badge, embroidered on scarlet/white background Badges qualifying parachutist, trade, military skill Rank insignia WO/NCO, embroidered gold on scarleVwhite/rifle green Collar badges Shoulder cords, gold on scarlet backing with rank insignia, metal Shoulder boards, AABC pattern Orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Officer OR Note 2 Note 1 Remarks

11-9

TABLE 11-3
BAND CEREMONIAL DRESS ORDER: BC3 - No 1 Band Ceremonial Dress This order of dress is worn by unit regimental bands when on parade with armed troops or when the occasion makes it appropriate to wear No. 1 ceremonial uniform. Items of dress to be worn: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 12 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Headdress may be removed indoors. Blue or white jacket may be worn at the discretion of the Commanding Officer irrespective of season. OR wear white cotton gloves when orders Worn by Drum Major, bass drummer and cymbal player. Worn by WO2 and senior noncommissioned officers (SNCO) of RA Inf bands. Worn when performing with a marching band. Item of Dress Helmet White, 1977 pattern Beret black/ Hat KFF with plumes Ceremonial jacket, blue or white Trousers blue Socks black Boots dress black Sam Browne belt Gloves brown leather Gloves white cotton Gauntlets white Sash scarlet Sash Drum Major WO1 WO1 Optional Note 3 Note 4 Note 5 Note 6 Remarks Note 1 RAAC bands Note 2

Embellishments worn with this order of dress are shown in the table below: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Item of Dress Army badge, embroidered on scarlet/white background Badges qualifying parachutist, trade, military skill Rank insignia WO/NCO, embroidered gold on blue/white Collar badges Sword and accessories Orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Note 2 Note 1 Remarks

11-10 Notes: 1. 2. Badges worn on blue or white background unless the badge has a distinctive background. Refer to chapters 24, 25 and 26. Worn by designated personnel when on parade with armed troops. WO1 Bandmaster wears sword in leather scabbard and Sam Browne belt. WO2 Bandmaster and Drum Major wear sword in metal scabbard slung on white sword equipment (paragraph 1125).

TABLE 11-4
BAND CEREMONIAL DRESS ORDER: BC4 - No 2 Band Ceremonial Dress This order of dress is worn by unit regimental bands when No. 1 ceremonial dress is not appropriate. Items of dress to be worn: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Notes: 1. 2. 3. Headdress is worn as appropriate or as ordered. Blue or white jacket may be worn at the discretion of the Commanding Officer irrespective of season. Worn by WO2 and SNCO of RA Inf bands. Cap Blue Beret black Ceremonial jacket, blue or white Trousers blue Socks black Shoes black Sash scarlet Note 3 Item of Dress Remarks Note 1 RAAC bands Note 2

Embellishments worn with this order of dress are shown in the table below: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 Note: 1. Badges worn on blue or white background unless the badge has a distinctive background. Refer to chapters 24, 25 and 26. Item of Dress Army badge, embroidered on blue/white background Badges qualifying parachutist, trade, military skill Rank insignia WO/NCO, embroidered gold on blue/white Collar badges Orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Note 1 Remarks

11-11

HELMET, WHITE, CEREMONIAL, 1977 PATTERN PLACEMENT OF FITTINGS

Notes: 1. Chain Metal Helmet will be fitted in the following manner: a. The single chain ring is attached to the chin holder - lions head.

11-12 b. Separate spike and dome and place chain ring over threaded section of spike. The ring to be placed over the spike is determined by allowing the chain to drop from the lions head, across the front of the helmet ensuring that it rests on the visor at the point where pugaree and visa meet, continuing up the opposite side of the helmet covering the top and lower front airholes. Reassemble spike and dome ensuring there are not twists in chain rings. Screw spike and dome into helmet.

c. 2.

To alleviate any movement of the chain on the helmet it should be secured int eh following manner: a. An 8 mm panel pin is inserted through the leather of the chain so that the pin extends through the upper moist airhole. Abadge clip is attached to the pin on inside of helmet. Repeat the procedure for lower front airhole. b. Panel pins should be made of brass or nickel. The AABC hat badge is positioned centrally on the centre seam in the front of the helmet with the bottom outer edges placed immediately above the pugaree.

3.

CHAPTER 12

CHAPLAINS
Introduction 1201. This chapter details those particular matters relating to ecclesiastical aspects of Chaplains dress. In all other respects chaplains conform to the normal dress requirements, unless specified in Army Standing Orders for Dress. Dress Embellishments 1202. Chaplains wear either a metal cross (Christian) or Star of David (Jewish) on all uniforms except Disruptive Pattern Combat Uniform (DPCU). Metal insignia are positioned on jackets in the same manner as corps/regiment collar badges as shown in chapter 21, figure 21-2.a. On Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket, the insignia are positioned in the same manner as corps/regiment badges as shown in chapter 6, figure 6-1. On shirts and safari jacket the insignia are positioned on the line bisecting the point of the shirt collar, with the lowest point of the insignia 1 cm from the point of the collar. This is shown in figure 12-1. On DPCU the appropriate insignia in black embroidered on DPCU background is worn. These insignia are sewn on shirt collars so that they are in the same position and alignment as the metal insignia on other garments.

1 cm

1 cm

a. Christian

b. Jewish

Figure 12-1 Positioning Chaplain Insignia on Shirt/Safari Jacket.

1203. Principal Chaplains and Division 4 Chaplains wear purple gorget patches instead of metal insignia. Gorget patches are are worn in the same manner as detailed for senior officers in chapter 4. On DPCU these personnel wear black embroidered Cross or Star of David insignia on DPCU background.

12-2 1204. Chaplains are to wear the Royal Australian Army Chaplains Department (RAA Ch D) lanyard at all items when lanyards are worn, irrespective of the unit/regiment to which they are posted. Chaplains posted to, or mainly serving with, units or regiments which are entitled to wear special to corps/regiment/unit berets may wear that beret, with the RAA Ch D badge, during the tenure of that posting. Ecclesiastical Dress 1205. For conduct of worship or other liturgical ceremonial occasions Christian Chaplains are to wear over a prescribed Army order of dress the robes of the denominational stream to which they belong ie Anglican, Roman Catholic, Protestant Denominations. The prescribed order of dress is to be consistent with that worn by other participants in the ceremony or service. On ceremonial occasions chaplains may wear medals on the scarf or stole. 1206. When chaplains are attending ceremonial occasions and are not officiants and therefore not robed, they may wear the Sam Browne belt with ceremonial orders of dress. 1207. Clerical collars with a black stock may be worn instead of the polyester shirt and tie with Service Dress or the white shirt and bow tie with Mess Dress.

CHAPTER 13

MEDICAL, DENTAL AND NURSING WORKING DRESS

Introduction 1301. This chapter details the working dress and protective dress requirements for medical, dental and nursing personnel employed in hospital wards, medical centre, barracks regimental aid post, dental surgery and laboratory environments. Special Instructions 1302. Army Standing Orders for Dress (ASOD), volume 2 supercedes the Royal Australian Army Nursing Corps (RAANC) uniform requirements cited in Director of Nursing Services Army, Administrative and Technical Instruction Number 1, Amendment Number 1 dated 20 January 1993. That instruction is cancelled with effect from the date of issue of this chapter. Wearing and Positioning of Embellishments 1303. The only embellishments worn on medical, dental and nursing working dress are embroidered badges of rank and embroidered name tags. These are positioned as detailed in chapter 22 and 19 respectively. No embellishment is worn on coats protective. 1304. Noncommissioned Officer (NCO) badges of rank are gold embroidered on white background Royal Australian Army Medical Corps (RAAMC) and Royal Australian Army Dental Corps (RAADC) or silver on white background (RAANC). Warrant Officer badges and Staff Sergeant crown are full coloured embroidered on white background. 1305. No form of medical, dental or nursing working dress is to be worn in public. 1306. Dress ward white is to be worn so that the bottom edge of the hem aligns with the crease at the back of the knee. Orders of Dress 1307. The orders of working dress and protective dress for medical, dental and nursing personnel are shown in tables as follows: Dress Code MDN1 MDN2 MDN3 MDN4 MDN5 MDN6 MDN7 MDN8 MDN9 Dress Order Title Ward Dress White (RAANC Officer) Ward Dress White (RAANC/RAAMC Other Ranks) Protective Dress (Physiotherapist) Protective Dress (Radiographer) Protective Dress (Scientific Officer/Pathology Technician) Protective Dress (Pharmacist) Dental Dress Whites Dental Laboratory Dress Dental Surgery Dress Table 13-1 13-2 13-3 13-4 13-5 13-6 13-7 13-8 13-9

13-2

TABLE 13-1
DRESS ORDER: MDN1 - Ward Dress Whites (RAANC Officer) This order of dress is to be worn by RAANC Officers working in a ward environment or medical centre. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. May be worn when carrying out ambulance duties or when employed outside the clinical environment. Hat KFF may be worn as an alternative item. May be worn by male personnel as an alternative to the coat medical attendant protective white and trousers ward white long as appropriate to season. Embroidered silver rank insignia on scarlet slide. Long white socks are to be worn with trousers ward white short by male RAANC officers. Plain, skin tone only to be worn. Item of Dress Beret RAANC Veil paper disposable nursing officer RAANC Coat medical attendant protective white Shirt protective white short sleeve Dress ward white short sleeve Cardigan khaki Cape womens RAANC winter scarlet Shoulder slide embroidered Trousers ward white long Trousers ward white short Belt white 32 mm Shoes ward mens leather white Shoes ward womens leather white Socks white Pantihose/Stockings Note 4 Note 5 Note 2 Note 3 Note 2 Remarks Note 1

13-3

TABLE 13-2
DRESS ORDER: MDN2 - Ward Dress White (RAAMC/RAANC Othere Ranks) This order of dress is to be worn by personnel working in a ward environment or medical centre. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. The Army beret is worn unless personnel are entitled to wear special to corps/regiment/unit beret. Hat KFF may be worn as an alternative item. May be worn by male personnel as an alternative to the coat medical attendant protective white and trousers ward white long as appropriate to season. Long white socks are to be worn with trousers ward white short by male RAANC officers. Plain, skin tone only to be worn. Shoulder slides, dull cherry with gold AUSTRALIA (RAAMC) or scarlet with silver AUSTRALIA (RAANC), as appropriate, are worn on ward dress garments. Item of Dress Beret Coat medical attendant protective white Shirt protective white short sleeve Dress ward white short sleeve Cardigan khaki Shoulder slide embroidered Trousers ward white long Trousers ward white short Belt white 32 mm Shoes ward mens leather white Shoes ward womens leather white Socks white Pantihose/Stockings Note 3 Note 4 Note 2 Note 5 Note 2 Remarks Note 1

13-4

TABLE 13-3
DRESS ORDER: MDN3 - Protective Dress (Physiotherapist) This order of dress is to be worn by personnel working in the physiotherapy department of a hospital or medical centre. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. The Army beret is worn unless personnel are entitled to wear special to corps/regiment/unit beret. Hat KFF may be worn as an alternative item. Navy blue clothes may be worn as an alternative to serial 4. Navy blue items may be worn as an alternative to serials 6 and 7. Long white socks are to be worn with trousers ward white short by male personnel. Plain, skin tone only to be worn. Item of Dress Beret Shirt protective white short sleeve Shoulder slide embroidered dull cherry Dress ward white short sleeve Cardigan khaki Trousers ward white long Trousers ward white short Belt white 32 mm Shoes ward mens leather white Shoes ward womens leather white Socks white Pantihose/Stockings Note 4 Note 5 Note 3 Note 3 Note 2 Remarks Note 1

13-5

TABLE 13-4
DRESS ORDER: MDN4 - Protective Dress (Radiographer) This order of dress is to be worn by personnel working in the hospital or medical centre radiology department. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. The Army beret is worn unless personnel are entitled to wear special to corps/regiment/unit beret. Hat KFF may be worn as an alternative item. May be worn by male personnel as an alternative to the coat medical attendant protective white and trousers ward white long as appropriate to season. Long white socks are to be worn with trousers ward white short by male personnel. Plain, skin tone only to be worn. Item of Dress Beret Coat medical attendant protective white Shirt protective white short sleeve Dress ward white short sleeve Cardigan khaki Shoulder slide embroidered, dull cherry Trousers ward white long Trousers ward white short Belt white 32 mm Shoes ward mens leather white Shoes ward womens leather white Socks white Pantihose/Stockings Note 3 Note 4 Note 2 Note 2 Remarks Note 1

13-6

TABLE 13-5
DRESS ORDER: MDN5 - Protective Dress (Scientific Officer/Pathology Technician) This order of dress is to be worn by personnel working in laboratory environments in a hospital or medical centre. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 Item of Dress General Duty Dress Dress Order 3A Protective gown long sleeve Remarks In accordance with ASOD volume 1, table 5-7

TABLE 13-6
DRESS ORDER: MDN6 - Protective Dress (Pharmacist) This order of dress is to be worn by personnel working in pharmacy department of a hospital or medical centre. 5. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 Item of Dress General Duty Dress Dress Order 3A Coat protective medical officer Remarks In accordance with ASOD volume 1, table 5-7

13-7

TABLE 13-7
DRESS ORDER: MDN7 - Dental Dress Whites This order of dress is to be worn by RAADC personnel working in a clinical environment, dental laboratory or dental centre radiology department. Servicewomen may wear cosmetics in accordance with ASOD when wearing this order of dress in a barracks It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Army beret, or corps/regiment/unit beret may be worn by entitled personnel. NCO and warrant officers rank insignia gold embroidered on white background. Officers wear the slides with gold embroidred rank insignia. Long white socks are to be worn with trousers ward white short by male personnel. Plain, skin tone only to be worn. Item of Dress Hat KFF Cap service khaki Beret Coat medical attendant protective white Shirt protective white short sleeve Dress ward white short sleeve Shoulder slide, burnt orange Cardigan khaki Trousers ward white long Trousers ward white short Belt white 32 mm Shoes ward mens leather white Shoes ward womens leather white Socks white Pantihose/Stockings or footlets Note 4 Note 5 Note 2 Note 2 Note 3 Note 1 Remarks

13-8

TABLE 13-8
DRESS ORDER: MDN8 - Dental Laboratory Dress This order of dress is to be worn by personnel working in a dental laboratory. It may be worn with general duty dress, Disruptive Pattern Combat Uniform (DPCU), dental dress whites, maternity dress or civilian clothing. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 Item of Dress Coat protective grey cotton Shoes safety/boot safety Remarks

TABLE 13-9
DRESS ORDER: MDN9 - Dental Surgery Dress This order of dress is to be worn by personnel working in a clinical environment of a dental facility. It is to be worn with general duty dress, Disruptive Pattern Combat Uniform (DPCU), dental dress whites, maternity dress or civilian clothing. Servicewomen may wear cosmetics in accordance with ASOD when wearing this order of dress in a barracks It consists of the following items of dress: It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 Item of Dress Coat protective grey cotton Remarks

CHAPTER 14

ARMY FIRE SERVICE

General 1401. This chapter addresses the special working dress regiments for members of the Army Fire Service (AFS) when on AFS duty. 1402. AFS personnel are required to respond immediately to fires or other emergencies. They must therefore be dressed appropriately while on duty as time is not available to change clothing. The actual garments and protective equipment to be worn is determined by the senior AFS member. 1403. When the AFS is required to support State fire services outside military areas there is a legislative requirement for AFS personnel to be able to be identified as qualified authorised personnel and to be distinguished from members of other organisations who may be involved at emergency incidents. This identification is provided by AFS logo worn on brassard or on the firefighters helmet. The logo is shown in figure 14-1.

AR

MY

SE RV

Figure 14-1 - Army Fire Service Logo

1404. When engaged on AFS duties outside military areas AFS working/protective dress is authorised to be worn. While on AFS duty within barracks AFS working dress is authorised to be worn as a barracks dress. Orders of Dress 1405. Dress Code FS1 FS2 The special orders of dress for AFS personnel are detailed tables as follows: Dress Order Title Army Fire Service Working Dress Army Fire Service Emergency Dress Table 14-1 14-2

IC

RAE

FI R

14-2

TABLE 14-1
DRESS ORDER: FS1 - Army Fire Service Working Dress This order of dress is worn by AFS personnel while ON AFS duty in both barracks and in the field. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. Not to be worn when driving and only at incident scenes if approved by the senior AFS member present. Badges of rank are worn on the Nomex Coat Firefighter. To be worn at all times, except when in the field unless required for identification. As directed by the senior AFS member in accordance with AFS operating procedures to enable rapid response. Item of Dress Hat KFF Coat, AFV crewman cotton Trousers, AFV crewman cotton Brassard, DPCU with Badge ID AFS Boots, fireman, GP style Trousers, fireman yellow with suspenders trousers firefighter Socks khaki Sweater field khaki Undershit mans cotton Optional Note 4 Note 3 Remarks Note 1 Note 2

14-3

TABLE 14-2
DRESS ORDER: FS2 - Army Fire Service Emergency Dress This order of dress is worn by AFS personnel while on embergency AFS duty. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Notes: 1. 2. Not to be worn when driving and only at incident scenes if approved by the senior AFS member present. Not to be worn whilst riding in a vehicle. May be removed at incident scenes, as directed by the senior AFS member in accordance with AFS operating procedures. 3. 4. To be worn at all times, except when in the field unless required for identification. NO insignia, or badges of any kind, are to be worn on this garment. As directed by the senior AFS member in accordance with AFS operating procedures and Army Occupational Health and Safety Manual regulations. Item of Dress Hat KFF Helmet firemans with badge helmet AFS, name tag and reflective stripes Coat, AFV crewman cotton Trousers, AFV crewman cotton Brassard, DPCU with Badge ID AFS Boots, fireman, GP style Coat, firemans Trousers, fireman yellow with suspenders trousers firefighter Gloves, firemans Belt axe and wrench, firemans Coveralls chemical protective Gloves fieremans chemical protective Boots firemans chemical resistant Suit chemical, totally encapsulating Suit athletic track Vest high visibility Socks khaki Undershirt, mans cotton Notes 3 and 5 Note 3 Note 3 Optional Note 6 Note 6 Note 6 Note 6 Note 6 Note 6 Note 4 Remarks Notes 1 and 2 Notes 2 and 3

CHAPTER 15

MILITARY EQUESTRIAN DRESS

General 1501. The wearing of equestrian dress by members of the Army maintains the tradition of the Australian Light Horse. This tradition is fostered by Heritage Troops sponsored by Royal Australian Armoured Corps units, riders of equine mascots and soldiers participating in Equestrian sports. It is essential that high standards of dress and appearance and historical authenticity are maintained by these members on ceremonial parades and other formal occasions. 1502. Royal Australian Corps of Military Police members, when mounted, are to conform with these orders of dress. Responsibility for Provision of Technical Advice 1503. The Committee of the Australian Army Equestrian Association (AAEA)is responsible to provide advice to Assistant Chief of the General Staff Personnel on historic and technical aspects of equestrian uniforms and equipment. Wearing of Military Equestrian Uniform 1504. A Commanding Officer may authorise a member to wear an order of equestrian dress for unit ceremonial parades or other appropriate occasions. 1505. The Committee of the AAEA may authorise a member to wear equestrian orders of dress when representing the Army in equestrian sports. Entitlement 1506. Members who wear equestrian dress do not have entitlement to additional items of dress and are not to be issued with items of dress, such as breeches, to which they are not otherwise entitled. Saddlecloths and Equipment 1507. Saddlecloth. The Army saddlecloth colours are red with white trim. The Army badge is to be mounted on the lower rear panels of the saddlecloth. The Army saddlecloth is to be used on all occasions, unless otherwise authorised by the Committee of the AAEA. 1508. Heritage Colours. Units with approved heritage saddlecloth colours may display these on single unit ceremonial parades which do not include other Corps or Services. If parades do include representatives of other Corps or Services, the Army saddlecloth is to be used. 1509. Equipment. Other items of equipment, such as horse show rugs for example, are to incorporate the Army colours.

15-2 Orders of Dress 1510. Military Equestrian Dress is based on standard orders of Army dress. The order of dress to be worn is determined by the nature of the activity. Certain items of dress are essential to conform with internationally agreed equestrian protocols. The orders of Military Equestrian Dress are detailed in tables as follows: Dress Code ME1A ME2B ME2 ME3 ME4 Dress Order Title Ceremonial Equestrian Dress Ceremonial Equestrian Service Dress General Duty Equestrian Dress Field Equestrian Dress DPCU Heritage Light Horse Dress Table 15-1 15-2 15-3 15-4 15-5

TABLE 15-1
DRESS ORDER: ME1A - Ceremonial Equestrian Dress This order of dress is worn by riders of equine mascots, members mounted on horseback (other than Heritage Troops) on ceremonial parades and other occasions when ceremonial dress is ordered. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Notes: 1. Hat KFF may be replaced by an Australian Standard (AS) approved safety helmet. To conform with equestrian discipline regulations this helmet is to be covered in Service Dress material. A corps/regiment badge is to be fixed cnetrally to the front of the helmet. Item of Dress Hat KFF Shirt polyester short sleeved Boards shoulder khaki Breeches fawn Socks khaki Top boots black Spurs,Prince of Wales Belt black and belt hooks Belt Sam Browne, shoulder strap and belt hooks Sash scarlet Gloves leather As directed OR Officer and WO1 Entitled personnel Officer/Officer cadet Remarks Note 1, brim worn up

15-3 Embellishments worn with this order of dress are shown in the following table: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Note: 1. Worn on khaki shoulder boards. Item of Dress Army badge, embroidered on khaki background Badges qualifying parachutist, trade, military skill Shoulder titles, metal, corps/regiment Lanyard Insignia rank officer, metal Insignia rank WO/NCO embroidered Orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Nameplate Note 1 OR Note 2 Note 3 Remarks

TABLE 15-2
DRESS ORDER: ME1B - Ceremonial Equestrian Service Dress This order of dress is worn by riders of equine mascots, members mounted on horseback (other than Heritage Troops) on ceremonial parades and other occasions when ceremonial dress is ordered. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Notes: 1. Hat KFF may be replaced by an AS approved safety helmet. To conform with equestrian discipline regulations this helmet is to be covered in Service Dress material. A corps/regiment badge is to be fixed cnetrally to the front of the helmet. Item of Dress Hat KFF Shirt polyester short sleeved Jakcet Service Dress Necktie khaki polyester Breeches fawn Socks khaki Top boots black Spurs,Prince of Wales Belt black Belt Sam Browne, shoulder strap Sash scarlet Gloves leather As directed OR Officer and WO1 Entitled personnel Remarks Note 1, brim worn up

15-4 Embellishments worn with this order of dress are shown in the following table: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 10 Item of Dress Army badge, embroidered on khaki background Badges qualifying parachutist, trade, military skill Shoulder titles, metal, AUSTRALIA Collar badges Insignia rank officer, metal Insignia rank WO/NCO embroidered Lanyard Orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Nameplate Remarks

TABLE 15-3
DRESS ORDER: ME2 - General Duty Equestrian Dress This is the general duty order of dress which is worn by riders of equine mascots and members mounted on horseback (other than Heritage Troops). It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Notes: 1. Hat KFF may be replaced by AS approved safety helmet. This helmet is to be covered in Service dress material, to conform with equestrian discipline regulations. A corps/regiment badge is to be fixed cnetrally to the front of the helmet. Item of Dress Hat KFF Shirt polyester short sleeved Breeches fawn Socks khaki Top boots black Spurs,Prince of Wales Belt khaki Sweater lightweight khaki Gloves leather Officer and WO1 As directed Remarks Note 1

15-5 Embellishments worn with this order of dress are shown in the following table: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Item of Dress Army badge, embroidered on khaki background Badges qualifying parachutist, trade, military skill Shoulder titles, metal, corps/regiment Rank slides, embroidered gold/silver on khaki Insignia rank WO/NCO embroidered Lanyard Ribbons of orders, decorations and medals Emblems of unit awards and individual commendations Nameplate Officers OR Remarks

TABLE 15-4
DRESS ORDER: ME3 - Field Equestrian Dress Disruptive Pattern Combat Uniform This order of dress is worn by riders engaged in field exercises or training activities. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Notes: 1. Except when involved in equestrian training or exercising in public view, the field hat may be Hat KFF worn with chin strap/draw string or DP Bush hat. The Hat KFF is worn without puggaree or badges and is worn with the brim down. When in public view the Hat KFF, with puggaree and badges, and with the brin down, is to be worn. Field hat/Hat KFF may be replaced by an AS approved safety helmet. In this order of dress the helmet is not required to be covered. Top boots black may be replaced by specialist footwear during endurance riding. Item of Dress Field KFF Shirt DPCU Embroidered black on DPCU rank slides Breeches fawn Top boots black Spurs,Prince of Wales Sweater lightweight khaki Coat field/Japara Gloves leather Note 3 As directed Optional Optional Officer Remarks Notes 1 and 2

2. 3.

15-6

TABLE 15-5
DRESS ORDER: ME4 - Heritage Light Horse Dress This order of dress is to be worn by members, mounted on horseback representing Light Horse or Mounted Infantry troops on ceremonial parades, displays and other occasions when ceremonial dres is ordered. When this order of dress is worn, it is essential to ensure that historical accuracy is maintained. It consists of the following items of dress: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Notes: 1. 2. An Ostrich or Emu Plume is to be fixed behind the Australian Army Badge. To preserve authenticity, no rank is to be worn, irrespective of the ranks of the participants. If a Heritage Troop parades as a troop, one member acting as Troop Sergeant is to wear the appropriate badges of rank. Item of Dress Hat KFF Tunic, Service light drab Breeches fawn Leggings, leather brown Boots, leather brown Spurs,Prince of Wales Waistbelt, leather brown Bandolier, leather brown Remarks Notes 1, brim worn up Note 2 RACMP issue

CHAPTER 16

RESERVED

CHAPTER 17

RESERVED

PART 3 ITEMS OF DRESS

CHAPTER 18

CLOTHING ITEMS
ACADEMIC DRESS
1801. Legal robes are to be worn over uniform by qualified members on all appropriate occasions. 1802. An academic or ecclesiastic robe may be worn over uniform by a member qualified to wear the particular robe on occasions approved by a commanding officer. 1803. When a member wears an academic gown or robe over uniform on occasions when headdress is required to be worn, military headdress is to be worn except that graduating members should wear academic headdress at graduation ceremonies. Academic robes and Academic headdress are not provided at public expense. 1804. Reserved.

BELTS
Wearing of Belts 1805. Belts are worn on the waistline, with the buckles of all belts positioned centrally in line with the buttons of shirts or jackets, centrally on the body when wearing a sweater. The positions of belts on various garments are shown in figures 18-1.a., 18-1.b. and 18-1.c. 1806. Ceremonial Belts. The ceremonial bet worn BY SOLDIERS OF THE RANK OF WO2 AND BELOW with ceremonial orders of dress is black with brass fittings, which are to be polished. Chromed fittings are worn by Royal Australian Armoured Corps (RAAC), Australian Army Aviation Corps (AA Avn) and Royal Australian Army Nursing Corps( RAANC) personnel. The belt is worn outside garments. Members of the Royal Australian Corps of Military Police (RACMP) wear white belts and associated equipment only when performing military police duties. 1807. In order to ensure uniformity in appearance the belt is not to be painted or otherwise treated to produce a higher gloss finish. 1808. The belt is worn on the waist, with the tongue section of the buckle on the wearers right hand side.

18-2

a. Jacket

b. Shirt

Right

Left

c. Sweater

d. Buckle Detail

Figure 18-1.a. - Wearing the Ceremonial Belt

18-3 1809. Sam Browne Belt. The Sam Browne belt is a leather belt with metal buckle and fittings and detachable shoulder strap. Members of the RAAC, AA Avn Corps and RAANC wear a black belt and shoulder strap with silver buckles and fittings. Regimental Sergeant Major - Army (RSM-A), Level 3 RSM and members of other corps wear brown leatherwork with brass buckles and fittings. The belt is worn by officers and Warrant Officers Class One (WO1) with all orders of ceremonial dress and ceremonial parade dress. It may be worn with general duty orders of dress by officers and WO1. The belt is worn with general duty and ceremonial orders of dress at all times by a RSM (except when wearing white slung equipment as a member of a Colour Party). The belt is worn by unit adjutants when wearing general duty orders of dress. The belt is not worn with the utility jacket, Disruptive Pattern Combat Uniform (DPCU) barracks dress or field dress. Sword accessories are not worn on the belt if a sword is not being worn. 1810. The Sam Browne belt is worn on the waist, with the shoulder strap passing over the right shoulder, under the shoulder strap. The short section of the shoulder strap is worn to the front, the long section to the rear. Belt hooks are used when the Sam Browne belt is worn with trousers and shirt.

a. Jacket

b. Shirt

Figure 18-1.b. - Wearing the Sam Browne Belt

18-4 1811. Waist Belt 32 mm. The waist belt is a khaki web belt, 32 mm wide, and is worn with a stainless steel buckle which is not to be polished or embellished. A white waist belt is worn with ward dress. The belt is to pass through all loops and is to be adjusted so that the free end protrudes through the buckle on the wearers left side to a distance of not more than 2 cm. The other end of the belt is to be trimmed so that no material is visible under the buckle. The belt is worn with the buckle aligned centrally on the body, with the centre of the buckle in line with shirt buttons and the trouser fly. This is shown in figure 18-1.c.

Figure 18-1.c. - Wearing the Waist Belt

1812. 1813. 1814. 1815.

Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

18-5

BERETS
1816. Berets may be worn by members in accordance with table 18-1. 1817. The Royal Australian Regiment (RAR) rifle green beret (BCC 27) is not worn with ceremonial orders of dress or with Mess Dress. It is worn by members of other Corps posted to RAR units. Serial 1 2 Type Army RAAC Colour dark blue black Worn by All members of the Army who are not eligible to wear a special to corps, regiment or unit beret listed below. Members of RAAC and members of other corps posted to a RAAC unit. Non-RAAC members wear their own corps hat badge. (1) SAS qualified personnel posted to the SASR or other dedicated Special Forces appointments. Personnel posted from SASR are to conform with ASOD, volume 1, chapter 3, annex A, paragraph 6. Members of AA Avn and members of other corps posted to aviation units and Army members seconded for duty with RAAF in support of Army aviation. Non-AA Avn members wear their own corps hat badge. (1) Qualified members of the RACMP Personnel posted to 3 RAR, Parachute Training School, 1 parachute Surgical Team and qualified rigger parachutists posted to rigger appointments (SASR exempt). Members wear their own corps/regiment hat badge. (1) Members entitled to wear RAR embellishments.

SASR

fawn

AA Avn

light blue

5 6

RACMP Airborne

scarlet dull cherry

7 8

RAR Commando

rifle green

sherwood green Commndo qualified personnel posted to the Commando Regiment or other dedicated Special Forces appointments. Personnel posted from the Commando Regiment are to conform to ASOD, volume 1, chapter 3, annex A, paragraph 6. slate grey light blue All members of the RAANC. Members posted to UN appointments. Former members of UN contigents may only wear the UN beret with uniform at commemorative ceremonies held on United Nations Day (24 October).

9 10

RAANC United Nations (UN)

Table 18-1 - Berets

18-6 Notes: 1. 2. On reposting from corps units, members of other corps are to cease wearing that special to corps/unit beret. Officers of the rank of colonel and above, except those holding corps/regimental or honorary corps/regimental appointments of corps or regiments having distinctive berets, are to wear the Army beret. Cloth embroidered beret badges are only to be worn by officers fo the rank of colonel and above. Berets are not to be worn with field dress.

3. 4.

1818. The beret is to be worn with the band level on the forehead and level from front to rear on the left side. The lower edge of the band is to be 2-3 cm above and parallel to the eyebrows. The crown of the beret is to be pulled down to the right and the corps or unit badge is to be positioned vertically over the left eye as shown in figure 18-2. The badge is to be positioned in accordance with chapter 21 of these orders. the beret is not to be carried tucked under a shoulder strap, through the belt loop or in pockets. 1819. The ribbon within the band is finished in a small, neat bow at the rear of the beret. The bow is to be sewn to the band.

Figure 18-2 Wearing the Beret

BOOTS
Parade Boots 1820. Parade boots are ankle-high black patent leather or black leather boots which are worn with ceremonial parade dress. Members may wear parade boots instead of shoes in general duty dress, ceremonial dress and mess orders of dress. Parade boots are to be maintained in good repair. They are to be clean and well polished. Laces are not to be twisted and the outside sections are to be laced in accordance with Army Standing Orders for Dress (ASOD), volume 1, chapter 3.

18-7 Black General Purpose Boots 1821. Personnel not in possession of parade boots may wear black general purpose (SP) boots in lieu of parade boots with general duty and ceremonial orders of dress. Trousers worn in these orders of dress are not to be bloused when GP boots are worn. Black GP boots are not to be worn with orders of mess dress. When not on parade, shoes may be worn in lieu of boots. Field Boots 1822. The brown leather field boots are the normal footwear for all ranks in combat, field and DPCU Barracks Dress. Brown field boots are not to be worn with any other orders of dress. Field boots are to be maintained in good repair. They are to be treated only with leather dressing recommended by the manufacturer - they are not to be polished. DPCU trousers are worn bloused over the top of the boot with the trouser legs held securely in place by elastics. Lacing is to be in accordance with ASOD, volume 1, chapter 3. The field boot is also worn with protective dress when not wearing safety boots or safety shoes. 1823. Boots black GP may be worn in lieu of field boots in DPCU Field Dress and DPCU Barracks Dress.

Half Wellington Boots 1824. An officer may wear half-wellington boots when wearing overalls in Mess Dress.

Safety Footwear 1825. When directed by Commanding Officers, safety footwear is to be worn with working dress when performing taks which involve risk of injury to personnel. BRACES 1826. Braces may be worn with orders of dress which include a jacket. They are not provided at public expense. If braces are worn with Mess Dress White Jacket they are to be white. BREECHES 1827. Breeches may be worn by a RACMP motorcyclist or by a member authorised to wear Military Equestrian Dress when riding in uniform. 1828. CAPS 1829. The khaki Service cap may be worn by officers, warrant officers and officer/staff cadets in accordance with the provisions of the orders of dress described in the tables to ASOD, volume 1, chapter 5. The peak and band are khaki, except that officers of the rank of colonel and above wear cap bands of the same colour as that authorised for their gorget patches. The chinstrap on the khaki Service cap is to be well polished and dark tan in colour. It is attached by two line-20 buttons. An officer or warrant officer of Sydney University Regiment is to wear a black chinstrap provided at regimental expense. Leggings black are worn when breeches are worn for motorcycle duties.

18-8 1830. The blue Service cap has a coloured band and black patent leather peak. The band is scarlet for all ranks and all corps except chaplains who wear purple cap-bands. the chinstrap on the blue Service cap is black patent leather. The peak of the cap worn by a field officer has a band of gold embroidery 2 cm wide at the lower edge. For a colonel or brigadier the peak has a row of gold oak leaf embroidery. A patent leather chinstrap is attached by tow line-20 buttons. The blue Service cap is worn by senior officers, those special appointments detailed in chapter 5, and musicians as detailed in chapter 11. 1831. A drill instructor at Australian Defence Force Academy or Royal Military College (RMC) is to wear the blue Service cap with all ceremonial and general duty orders of dress as directed by the Commandant 1832. Service caps are worn level on the head, with the centre of the peak above the bridge of the nose. Figure 18-3 shows the correct method of wearing a Service cap. Cap badges are to be positioned as detailed in chapter 21 of these orders.

Front View
Figure 18-3 - Wearing the Service Cap

Side View

1833.

Reserved

CARDIGANS 1834. The khaki cardigan may be worn by medical, dental and nursing personnel with orders of working dress as detailed in ASOD, volume 1, chapter 5. It is also worn with maternity dress and, if necessary, may be worn unbuttoned by pregnant personnel. 1835. The cardigan is embellished in the same manner as thesweater lightweight khaki.

CHINSTRAPS 1836. A chinstrap is worn on Service caps and the khaki flet hat. Refer to those headdress items for detail on chinstraps.

18-9 COLOUR BELT 1837. Colour belts are ceremonial belts designed to carry colours on ceremonial parades. They may be plain belts with ornamental fittings or they may be embroidered with regimental heraldry. 1838. Colour belts are worn over the left shoulder. They are not to be secured by wearing under a waist belt but may be fastened on the right-hand side by an improvised attachment. Training colour belts may pass under a waist belt at the right-hand side.

GLOVES
1839. Gloves are worn as follows: a. b. c. Brown Leather Gloves. Brown leather gloves are worn as described in ASOD volume 1, chapter 5. Black Leather Gloves. Members of the RAAC, AA Avn Corps and RAANC, wear black leather gloves as described in ASOD, volume 1, chapter 5. White Kid Gloves. White kid gloves are worn by the following with ceremonial orders of dress: (1) (2) (3) d. e. general officers; officers holding personal appointments to the Sovereign, Governor-General or State Governor; and other entitled officers described in chapter 5 of this volume.

White Gauntlet Gloves. White gauntlet gloves are worn by drum majors, bass drummers, cymbal players and members of RACMP. White Cotton Gloves. White cotton gloes are worn by: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) an officer with Mess Dress (Optional); a cadet of the Corps of Staff Cadets with blue ceremonial dress; members of bands when ordered; members of a Colour/Flag party; and personnel handling Flags, Colours, Standards, Guidons or Banners at any time.

1840. 1841. 1842.

Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

18-10

HANDBAGS
1843. Servicewomen may carry the issued black handbag when not on parade in all orders of dress except DPCU Field Dress. The handbag is to be carried: a. b. c. 1844. over the left shoulder, or by a shortened strap in the left hand, or on the left forearm.

When wearing Mess orders of dress, servicwomen may carry a black clutch bag.

HATS
Hat Khaki Fur Felt 1845. The Hat Khaki Fur Felt (KFF) is worn by all members in accordance the provisions of ASOD, volume 1, chapters 3 and 5. It is worn with hat badges, chinstrap, puggaree and a unit colour patch. The hat is worn with the crown indented. In ceremonial orders of dress the brim is to be turned up on the left. The hat is not to be pinned or stitched where the crown is indented. In all general duty orders of dress, DPCU barracks dress and protective dress the brim is to be turned down. When worn down the brim is to be flat, not curved downwards. 1846. Chinstrap. The chinstrap is to be of brown leather. It is to be worn at the point of the chin with the lower buckle positioned on the left cheek so that it is level with the corner of the mouth when the hat is worn with the brim up. When the brim is worn down and the hat is worn level on the head, the chinstrap buckle will be positioned slightly below the corner of the mouth. The metal fittings are not to be polished. Members of the Corps of Staff Cadets wear the buckle on the right cheek. 1847. Puggaree. All members, except personnel posted to 1 RAR and members of the Corps of Staff Cadets wear a khaki puggaree. Personnel posted to 1 RAR wear a green puggaree and RMC staff cadets wear a distinctive puggaree. These puggarees are not to be worn after posting from those units. 1848. Wearing the Hat KFF. In ceremonial orders of dress the hat is inclined to the right so that a distance equivalent to three fingers width between the brim and the highest point of the left ear is achieved. When the brim is down, the hat is worn level on the head. The correct method of wearing the Hat KFF is shown in figures 18-4.a. and 18-4.b. Badges are positioned as detailed in chapters 20 and 21 of these orders.

18-11

Figure 18-4.a. - Wearing the Hat KFF - Brim up

Figure 18-4.b. - Wearing the Hat KFF - Brim Down

Field Hat 1849. The field hat and broad brimmed field hat are worn with DPCU field dress. They are not to be worn in barracks unless participating in field related activities. Kepi 1850. The Kepi is worn with DPCU field dress only by members of units which operate armoured vehicles and personnel posted to Regional Forces Surveillance Units. The Kepi is not to be worn in Barracks unless participating in field related activities. Headdrss, Royal Australian Army Nursing Corps Working Dress 1851. The RAANC officers veil is to be worn so that no hair shows on the forehead beneath the band.

18-12 Helmet - White 1852. A white helmet with white puggaree, dome base, spike and gold chain chinstrap may be worn by band personnel with band ceremonial dres. When the helmet is worn by members of Royal Australian Artillery (RAA) bands or RAA personnel in heritage uniforms a ball is worn in lieu of the spike.

JACKET LEATHER MOTORCYCLE

1853. Leather motorcycle jackets are worn as protective dress by members of RACMP, Royal Australian Corps of Transport and Royal Australian Corps of Signals whilst engaged in motorcycle duties and other personnel authorised to perform motorcycle duties. The jackets are not to be embellished and are not to be worn on ceremonial parade. 1854. 1855. Reserved. Reserved

MATERNITY DRESS
1856. 5. 1857. 1858. 1859. 1860. The maternity uniform is worn as by pregnant personnel as detailed in ASOD, volume 1, chapter Reserved. Reserved Reserved. Reserved.

NECKTIES
Necktie Khaki Polyester 1861. A khaki polyester necktie is worn with ceremonial and general duty orders of dress as detailed in ASOD, volume 1, chapter 5. 1862. 1863. The knot is to be tied as a Windsor knot (annex A). Khaki polyester ties mounted on elastic bands may be worn.

1864. When the necktie is worn with a long sleeved shirt without a jacket it is to be tied so that the end of the front part of the tie extends to the top of the belt buckle. The other end is not to be visible. Black Bow Tie 1865. A black bow tie is worn with all forms of mess dress, except Mess Dress White Shirt. Refer to chapter 6, paragraph 630.

18-13

OVERCOAT
1866. The approved pattern overcoat may be worn by all members over general duty and ceremonial orders of dress, but not Ceremonial Parade Dress. The overcoat is purchased by individuals and is not to be embellished in any way, including wearing badges of rank. The overcoat is to be buttoned and is worn with a waist belt which must be done up. The collar may be either buttoned or unbuttoned. The overcoat is a civilian garment which is approved for wear with uniform. It may be worn as a civilian garment.

PANTIHOSE AND STOCKINGS

1867. Pantihose or stockings are to be worn in accordance with ASOD, volume 1, chapter 3.

PUGGAREE
1868. The puggaree is the external hat band worn on the khaki felt hat. Detailed information is given in paragraph 1847.

RAINCOATS
1869. The raincoat may be worn with any ordr of general duty or ceremonial dress when not on parade. A raincoat is not to be worn with web equipment. The DPCU Japara is worn with DPCU orders of field dress, barracks dress and protective dress. Unless ordered otherwise, a member may wear the raincoat with the top button undone. No embellishments are worn on the raincoat or the Japara. 1870. 1871. 1872. 1873. 1874. 1875. 1876. 1877. 1878. 1879. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

SAFARI SUIT
1880. A khaki safari suit of an approved pattern and material may be worn by an officer or WO1 in ceremonial, (Dress Order 2D) (tropical areas only) and by all ranks in general duty orders of dress (Dress Order 3C) detailed in ASOD, volume 1, chapter 5. 1881. The safari jacket is to be worn only with trousers or skirts of the same material and colour.

18-14 1882. The sleeves of safari jackets are tailored with short sleeves. A shirt or necktie is not to be worn with a safari suit. 1883. The safari jacket is to be embellished in the same manner as the polyester shirt, including the rectangular Army badge. 1884. Safari suits are provided at public expense to Defence advisers and attaches, assistant Defence advisers and attaches, and students attending courses as detailed in Block Scale 3002/24. 1885. Safari suits are not provided at public expense within Australia.

SERVICE DRESS
1886. The Service Dress is worn as a ceremonial uniform or as a general duty uniform as detailed in ASOD, volume 1, chapter 5. 1887. Reserved.

SHIRTS
Khaki Polyester 1888. The khaki polyester shirt is worn with ceremonial and general duty orders of dress detailed in ASOD, volume 1, chapter 5. 1889. A short sleeved shirt is to be worn with the collar button undone with the collar ironed back in accordance with ASOD, volume 1, paragraph 360. Singlets, T-shirts and other forms of underclothing are not to show at the neck or below the ends of the sleeves. 1890. The finished length of the sleeve of the short sleeved khaki polyester shirt is to be in accordance with table 18-2. The sleeve is to have a 2 cm hem which is included in this measurement. Lenght from centre crown at shoulder to sleeve end Unfinished 36 cm 37 cm 38 cm 39 cm 40 cm 41 cm 42 cm 43 cm 44 cm 45 cm 28 cm 28 cm 28.5 cm 28.5 cm 29 cm 29 cm 29.5 cm 29.5 cm 30 cm 30 cm Finished 24 cm 24 cm 24.5 cm 24.5 cm 25 cm 25 cm 25.5 cm 25.5 cm 26 cm 26 cm Length of underarm sleeve Unfinished 17 cm 17 cm 17 cm 17 cm 17.5 cm 17.5 cm 17.5 cm 17.5 cm 18 cm 18 cm Finished 13 cm 13 cm 13 cm 13 cm 13.5 cm 13.5 cm 13.5 cm 13.5 cm 14 cm 14 cm

Shirt Size

Table 18-2 - Short Sleeved Khaki Polyester Shirt Sleeve Length

18-15 1891. When a necktie is ordered, a long sleeved shirt with sleeves buttoned is to be worn. In areas where the climate is too hot for Service dress or when individuals have not been issued with a Service dress, the long sleeve shirt and tie may be worn on occasions including evening functions, investitutres, court martials, weddings and funerals. The long sleeved shirt is to be embellished in the same manner as the short sleeved shirt. Disruptive Pattern Combat Uniform 1892. The Disruptive Pattern Combat Uniform (DPCU) shirt is worn in Field Dress and DPCU Barracks Dress. These orders of dress are detailed in ASOD, volume 1, chapter 5. 1893. The sleeves of DPCU shirts are not to be cut off but may be folded. When the sleeves of DPCU shirts are folded they are to be folded with the fold on the outside of the sleeve. The lower edge of the last fold is to finish just clear of the forearm when the arm is bent. the folds are to be approximately 8 cm wide. Badges or rank are not to be obscured. The round neck Australian Standard pattern DPCU T-shirt is authorised for wear under the DPCU shirt. Mess Dress 1894. Shirts worn with mess orders of dress are described in chapter 6.

SHOES
1895. Shoes are worn with orders of dress as detailed in ASOD, volume 1 chapter 5. The approved pattern shoe is made of black leather with laces. Shoes must be clean, well polished and in good repair. Outside laces are to be in accordance with ASOD, volume 1, chapter 3. 1896. Servicewomen may wear black court shoes (not wedged), or black lace-up shoes. Court shoes are not to be worn when on nursing duties or when on driving duties in military vehicles other than staff cars. 1897. Shoes worn with Scottish dress re included in chapter 10. 1898. When directed by Commanding Officers safety shoes are worn with protective working dress when performing tasks where there is a risk of injury to personnel.

SHORTS
1899. Male personnel may wear khaki polyester shorts with General Duty Dress in accordance with ASOD, volume 1, chapter 5. 18-100 The finished legs of shorts are to be approximately 14 cm above the point of the kneecap. Shorts are to be properly fitted. Tightly fitting garments are not to be worn. 18-101 Shorts are worn with long khaki socks and black shoes.

SKIRTS
18-102 Skirts may be worn by servicewomen in ceremonial and general duty orders of dress but not in ceremonial orders of parade dress (Dress Orders 1A and 1B). Blue skirts are to be worn with mess orders of dress as detailed in chapter 6. Length of Skirts 18-103 The bottom edge of khaki skirts is to be no higher than 2.5 cm above, or lower than 4 cm below the top of the kneecap. The bottom edge of the blue skirt is to touch the toe of the shoe.

18-16

SOCKS
18-104 Issued khaki socks are to be worn with all orders of dress which include khaki polyester trousers or DPCU trousers. Lightweight khaki socks may be worn in lieu of woollen socks in orders of dress other than Ceremonial Parade Dress (Dress Orders 1A, 1B). 18-105 Black socks are worn when blue trousers are worn. White socks are to be worn by authorised personnel with the Patrol White Uniform and also by personnel wearing white protective. 18-106 Khaki long socks of the approved pattern are to be worn when khaki shorts are worn, in accordance with ASOD, volume 1, chapter 5. Concealed garters are to be worn with long socks. 18-107 Socks are to have a wrinkle-free appearance when worn. Socks which are seamed, or knitted in ribbed pattern are to have the seams or patterns straight up the length of the sock. Socks, worn with bloused DPCU or protective dress trousers, are not to be visible. 18-108 Socks and stockings worn with Scottish dress are included in chapter 10.

STOCKINGS
18-109 Stockings and pantihose worn with general duty or ceremonial uniform are to be plain, skin toned.

SWEATERS
Sweater, Khaki 18-110 The khaki sweater is a lightweight khaki sweater with a V-neck and khaki polyester patches on the elbows. A khaki polyester shirt is to be worn under the sweater with the shirt collar worn out over the neckband of the sweater. In the office environment, a tie may be worn under the sweater when the Service Dress jacket is removed. 18-111 It is embellished with the Australian Army Badge, badges of rank and shoulder titles as detailed in chapters 20, 21 and 22. Officers wear gold/silver/black on khaki embroidered rank slides. Nameplates are worn in the sweater. Sweater, Khaki Field 18-112 The khaki field sweater is a heavyweight khaki sweater with DPCU cloth patches on elbows and shoulders. It is only to be worn with DPCU Field Dress, Barracks Dress or Protective Dress. A DPCU shirt is to be worn under the sweater. 18-113 It is embellished only with DPCU Australian Army badge, DPCU name tag and badges of rank as detailed in chapters 20 and 22. Black emboridered on DPCU rank slides are worn by officers. 18-114 18-115 Reserved. Reserved.

Wearing Belts with Sweaters 18-116 When the black web belt is worn with drill order, the belt is to be worn outside the sweater. The Sam Browne belt is also worn outside sweaters. 18-117 18-118 Reserved. Reserved.

18-17

TROUSERS
18-119 Trouser legs are to be long enough so that when worn, the front of the cuff touches the bottom lace of the issue lace-up shoe or boot. 18-120 Trousers are to be pressed as described in ASOD, volume 1, chapter 3. 18-121 DPCU trouser legs are worn bloused over the tops of boots with the trouser legs held securely in place by elastics. 18-122 Working and protective dress trousers are worn in accordance with ASOD, volume 1, chapter 5.

Mess Dress Trousers 18-123 18-124 18-125 Trousers worn with mess orders of dress are included in chapter 6. Reserved. Reserved.

TURBANS
18-126 Turbans may be worn by members of the Sikh religion who have been granted exemption from the cutting of hair. The colour of the turban worn with general duty and ceremonial is to be the same as the khaki polyester Service dress material. A member permitted to wear a turban who is posted to a regiment/unit which is entitled to a special to corps/regiment/unit beret may wear a turban in the colour of that beret. The requirements of operational duties may require the wearing of designated headdress or equipment other than the turban. If special headdress is not ordered and a turban is worn in the field it is to be in DPCU pattern.

UMBRELLAS
18-127 18-128 A member in uniform may carry a black umbrella with a plain handle and ferrules. An umbrella is not to be carried on parade and umbrellas are not provided at public expense.

UTILITY JACKET
18-129 The khaki polyester utility jacket is an optional item which may be purchased by members and worn with general duty orders of dress as detailed in ASOD, volume 1, chapter 5. It is only to be worn with a shirt and tie. 18-130 The jacket is embellished with the Australian Army Badge, trade and military skills badges, badges or rank (embroidered rank slides for officers), metal shoulder titles (other ranks), lanyard, nameplate, ribbons of orders, decorations and medals and badges and emblems of unit and individual awards. the provision for the wearing of these embellishments are detailed in chapters 19-30. 18-131 The Sam Browne belt is not worn with the utility jacket.

18-18

OTHER DRESS ITEMS

18-132 ASOD, volume 1 contains the provisions for the wearing of the following items: a. b. Annex: A sunglasses, and watches. Tying a Windsor Knot

ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 18

TYING A WINDSOR KNOT THIS IS A MIRROR IMAGE DIAGRAM

Step 1
Place the tie around the neck with the Wider Side (End) on the left of the body, (this is the longer of the two ends); place the wider end across and over the narrow end.

Step 2
Bring the wider end up, under and over the narrow end.

18A-2

Step 3
Bring the wide end under and across to the left side of the body.

Step 4
Bring the wide end up and over, back through the loop.

18A-3

Step 5
Bring the wide end around and across from the right, over the front of the forming knot.

Step 6
Bring the wide end behind the knot, up through the loop; feed the wide end down through the tie. Pull the wide end down, then pull the tie up to the neck.

18A-4

The Final Knot

CHAPTER 19

ACCOUTREMENTS AND EMBELLISHMENTS

1901. The aiguillette is worn by officers to distinguish special and senior appointments. It is worn on uniforms as described in paragraphs 1904 and 1905. An officer no longer holding such an appointment is not to wear the aiguillette. 1902. There are two types of aiguillette: a. b. No 1, made of 6 mm gold wire cord with gold metal tags at the ends of the plaits; and No 2, made of 6 mm gold and red orris basketcords, with plait and cord loop in front and back, the plaits ending in plain cords with gold metal tags. There is a separate item for either shoulder.

1903. are worn.

Table 19-1 describes the type of aiguillette worn, when they are worn and on which shoulder they

Serial 1

Aiguillette Type 1

Worn by Officers holding the Office of Governor-General or Governor of a State within the Commonwealth of Australia Officers holding personal appointment to the Sovereign: a. Aide-de-camp General, b. Aides-de-camp, c. Honorary Physician, d. Honorary Surgeon, e. Honorary Dental Surgeon, f. Honorary Nursing Sister, g. Equerries, and h. Extra Equerries.

When Worn When wearing military uniform.

Shoulder Right

When acting in the capacity of their appointment in attendance to the Sovereign.

Right

Equerries and Extra Equerries to other members of the Royal Family.

When performing the duties of their appointment

Right

19-2 Serial 4 Aiguillette Type 1 Worn by Officers holding personal appointment to the Governor-General: a. Aides-de-camp, b. Officers on the personal staff, c. Honorary Physician, d. Honorary Surgeon, and e. Honorary Dental Surgeon, When Worn a. when representing His . Excellency; b. when in the presence of His . Excellency, except when . ordered otherwise; c. when on duty as . Aide-de-camp; d. at Royal or Vice-Regal . levees in Australia; or e. on other occasions as . ordered by His Excellency. Shoulder Right

Australian Aides-de-camp appointed to foreign Heads of State on official State visits. Officers holding personal appointments to Governors of States or Administrators of Australian Territories: a. Aides-de-camp, and b Officers on the personal staff.

As for Serial 1.

Right

As for Serial 3.

Right

Officers holding the following appointments: a. Defence. - Army officers of general rank b. Army: - CA, DCA and members of CASAG Officers holding the following appointments: a. Military Attache (Washington), or b. Army Adviser (London). Deputy Military Attache (Washington).

With orders of ceremonial and Mess Dress when insignia of orders, decorations and medals are worn.

Right

a. as for Serial 6 b. when in attendance to the Australian High Commissioner or Ambassador, or

Left

When representing the Military Attache (Washington).

Left

10

As for Serial 7. Defence attaches or advisers and assistant Defence attaches and advisers.

Left

19-3 Serial 11 Aiguillette Type 2 Worn by An officer posted to the appointment of Escort Officer to the Minister for Defence or the Minister for Defence Industry, Science and Personnel An Army officer posted to the appointment of Staff Officer or ADC to CDF for VCDF. When Worn When accompanying the Minister on visits to Defence establishments and on ceremonial occasions. When accompanying the general officer or as ordered. Shoulder Left

12

Left

13

When accompanying the general An officer posted to the appointment of ADC or general officer or as ordered. officer or MA to the CA or DCA. An officer appointed as Escort Officer to a visiting officer of an army other than the Australian Army, of 2 star rank or above. When accompanying the visiting officer or as ordered.

Left

14

Left

Table 19-1 - Members Entitled to Wear the Aiguillette 1904. The wearing of an aiguillette by an aide-de-camp (ADC) is to conform with the wishes of the personage to whom they are in attendance. 1905. Wearing the Aiguillette. Figure 19-1.a. shows how the aiguillete is assembled. The short plait and cord are joined to the long plait and cord by a short shoulder strap in which is worked a button hole or to which a small hook is sewn. The shoulder strap of the aiguillette is secured under the shoulder strap of the uniform by a button (or small eyelet). The long plait and cords pass under the arm and the loose end of the long cord is looped over the top of the short cord. A small gold button loop is fixed at the junction of the long and short plaits. The method of wearing the aiguillette on various garments is shown in figure 19-1.b. 1906. follows: Attachment of Button Loop. The small gold button loop is attached to the coat or Jacket as a. b. c. Service Dress. It is attached to a small hok or button sewn to the body of the coat centrally behind the lower lapel. Safari Suit or Open Neck shirt. Attach the aiguillette by the button loop to the top button of the jacket or shirt and then fasten the button (see figure 19-1.b). Blue and White Ceremonial. It is attached by fastening a small button or hook to the coat just below the top button and hiden from view. When worn on the left, the loop is to pass through the button hole. Mess Dress. It is attached to a small hook or button sewn to the body of the jacket behind the collar badge (when worn), or to a small hook or button behind where the collar badge would be worn. The aiguillette is not worn when the utility jacket or sweater are worn.

d.

e. Note:

Lanyards and nameplates are worn with aiguillettes as appropriate.

19-4

Shoulder strap Short cord

Button loop

Shoulder strap Short cord

RIGHT

LEFT

Long cord Long plait Long plait

Figure 19-1a. Assembly of the Aiguillette (Left or Right)

a. Service Dress Jacket

b. Shirt or Safari Jacket

c. Patrol Blue/White Coat

d. Mess Dress

Figure 19-1b. Wearing the Aiguillette

Figure 19-1.b. - Wearing the Aiguillette

19-5

1907. When necessary, armlets of the approved design are worn to identify the wearer. they are to be worn on the right sleeve above the elbow, except for members protected under the Geneva Convention who are to wear armlets on the left sleeve. With shirts the designs may be worn on brassards, in accordance with paragraph 1915. 1908. The designs are shown in figure 19-2. They are described in table 19-2.

GREEN YELLOW GREEN

RED YELLOW

a. Instructors at authorised schools

b. Movement control personnel

SCARLET

WHITE RED DARK BLUE

BLACK

c. Regimental police

d. Specialist dispatch personnel

SCARLET

RED

BLACK

WHITE

e. RACMP personnel (see serial 5, table 19-2)

f. Personnel protected by the Geneva Convention

Figure 19-2 - Designs on Armlets

19-6 Serial 1 Worn By Instructors and administrative officers of schools authorised by Training Command. Movement control personnel. Regimental police. Special dispatch personnel (RA Sigs) RACMP personnel. Description Three horizontal ands coloured green, yellow, green, with a corps badge or school emblem central on the yellow band. An eight-spoked yellow wheel on a red background The scarlet letters RP on a black background. A white horizontal and over a dark blue band (the letters SD, in red, may be marked over the armlet). The black letters MP on a scarlet background. In field dress the colours are reversed, ie scarlet letters on a black background. A red cross on a white background. Dimensions 9 cm wide and long enough to encircle the arm. As for Serial 1. As for Serial 1, with letters 4 cm high. As for Serial 3.

2 3 4

As for Serial 3.

Personnel protected under the Geneva Convention as follows: a. medical personnel; b. chaplains; c. members of the Red Cross, or other relief societies; and d. stretcher bearers and ancillary medical personnel.

As for Serial 1, with the cross 8 cm high.

Table 19-2 - Designs on Armlets 1909. Other designs of armlet such as Garrison Military Police, Battalion Orderly Sergeant etc may be used within local unit areas but are not authorised designs for general use outside those unit areas.

BANDOLIERS
1910. Bandoliers are worn as ordered by Royal Australian Armoured Corps (RAAC) warrant officer (WO), noncommissioned officers (NC)) and other ranks with ceremonial orders of dress detailed in Army Standing Orders for Dress (ASOD), volume 1, chapter 5 during RAAC parades. 1911. The general design of the bandolier is to be based on the World War One Light Horse Pattern, with five ammunition pouches to the front and four to the rear. Bandoliers worn for dismounted parades are to be black leather; bandoliers worn for mounted parades are to be brown leather. The buckles and fasteners of both black and brown bandoliers are to be chromed or silver. 1912. Bandoliers are worn on the left shoulder and fastened under the epaulette, with the adjustment buckle positioned to the lower right rear above the waist belt.

19-7

BELT HOOKS
1913. Belt hooks are worn on polyester trousers when either the ceremonial belt or the Sam Browne belt is worn. Belt hooks are not worn with the khaki waist belt. Silver coloured belt hooks are worn by members of RAA, AA Avn Corps and Royal Australian Army Nursing Corps (RAANC). All other personnel, including Regimental Sergeant Major - Army (RSM-A) and Level 3 RSM wear gold coloured hooks. The hooks are worn so that they face downwards, with the outer portion of the hook over the front of the belt. There is no provision for wearing hooks with skirts or jackets. Belt hooks are to be polished. 1914. Reserved

BRASSARDS
1915. A brassard of the approved design may be worn on the right arm as follows: a. b. A member entitled to wear an armlet in accordance with table 19-2 may wear a brassard depicting the appropriate motif. A WO or a NCO may wear a brassard depicting badges of rank with orders of combat, field and protective dress, as directed by their commanding officer. Brassards are to be made of khaki polyester material. Members posted to United Nations (UN) or Multi-National Force Organisations contingents wear a Disruptive pattern Combat Uniform (DPCU) brassard on the right arm bearing the UN insignia and badges of rank (WO and NCO). The Australian National Identifying Insignia (Australian National Flag) is worn on a brassard on the left arm. In DPCU uniforms members of Royal Australian Corps of Military Police wear a brassard with the letters MP in scarlet on a black background. Khaki brassards showing a large coloured Ammunition Technical Officer, explosive ordnance disposal or Army Fire Service badge are worn by authorised personnel when engaged in duties for which they need to be identified.

c.

d. e.

BROOCH - ROYAL AUSTRALIAN ARMY NURSING CORPS INSIGNIA

1916. The RAANC brooch is to be worn on the scarlet cape by a member of RAANC. It is to be worn centrally over the left breast with the top edge approximately 16 cm from the shoulder seam. When ribbons are worn the lower edge of the brooch is positioned approximately 1 cm above the top ribbon. 1917. 1918. 1919. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

BUTTONS
1920. Buttons are to be attached to garments with embossed designs vertically aligned. On shoulder straps the designs point toward the neck. 1921. 2.5cm. Size. Button size is measured by the diameter. The unit of measure is lines and 40 lines equal

19-8

1922. Design. Buttons are anodised, either gold, silver or black in colour, and are embossed with Army, corps or regimental designs. The Army button has been introduced to replace all buttons except the general officer button. Corps buttons may continue to be worn but are no to be mixed with the Army butons on a garment. 1923. Serial 1 2 3 4 5 When buttons other than the Army button are worn they are to be worn as shown in table 19-3. Button Type Button, general officer Button, Staff Corps Button, corps Button, regiment Button, Australian Army Worn By An officer of general officer rank. An officer of the rank of brigadier or colonel not on a corps list or in a corps appointment. A member allotted to a particular corps. A member of an independent regiment. Black regimental buttons are worn by members of 51 FNQR and SUR. a. b. c. d. e. All unallotted pesonnel. RSM-A and Level 3 RSM. Bridagiers and colonels on gorget ptaches. All personnel on Service caps. All personnel below the rank of major general in lieu of corps or regimental buttons.

Table 19-3 - Button Groups 1924. Buttons are to be worn in accordance with table 19-4. Size and Position Line-40 ------front ------------Table 19-4 Button Sizes Note: Line-30 all positions (1) shoulder straps (1) cuffs, sashes all positions all pockets, shoulder straps shoulder straps ------front and belt shoulder straps Line-20 ----------front chinstrap point -----

Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Item of Dress Patrol White and Patrol Blue coats Highland jackets Safari jackets Service dress jackets Mess jackets, including white mess jackets Mess waistcoats Service caps Gorget patches RAANC indoor dress RAANC cape

19-9 1. Screw type buttons on shoulder straps.

CANE
1925. When not on parade with troops, an officer, WO or senior noncommissioned officer may carry a cane not exceeding 60 cm in length. Canes are to be made of cane or timber and may be fitted with metal embellishments. They are to be finished in natural colours except that authorised RAAC, AA Avn Corps and RAANC personnel may carry black canes with chrome/silver fittings. A leather bound cane may be carried by officers when not on parade. Canes are carried in the manner detailed in Manual of Land Warfare (MLW) part 3, volume 3, pamphlet No 2, Drill. 1926. A member of the Corps of Staff Cadets may carry a cane of the approved pattern as ordered by the Commandant. 1927. Canes may be carried for instructional purposes by instructors and students on WO and NCO promotion courses.

EMU TUFTS AND PLUMES

Emu Plumes 1928. Emu plumes are worn on the Hat KFF by all RAAC members. Plumes are worn on the left side of the Hat KFF, brim worn up and brim down, positioned behind the puggaree. The item is not provided at public expense.

Feathers 20 cm

16 cm 8 cm

4 cm

Binding 8 cm

Figure 19-3 - Specifications for Emu Plumes

19-10 1929. The plumes are to be shaped to allow the feathers to bend to the right over the hat. Only natural emu feathers are to be worn. Shades may therefore vary between individual sts. The specificaiton for emu plumes are given in fingure 19-3. 1930. Emu tufts of approved design and headdress dimensions are to be worn on the beret by RAAC
8 cm

6 cm Feathers

1.5 cm

Binding 2 cm

Figure 19-4 - Specifications for Emu Tufts members posted to any of the entitled RAAC regiments listed in table 19-5. The emu tuft is fastened behind the badge worn on the beret. The item is not provided at public expense. 1931. 1932. The specifications for emu tufts are given in figure 19-4. RAAC regiments entitled to wear emu tufts are shown in table 19-5. Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Regiment 1st/15th Royal New South Wales Lances 2nd Cavalry Regiment (Reconnaissance) 2nd/14th Light Horse (Queensland Mounted Infantry) B Squadron 3rd/4th Cavalry Regiment 3rd/9th Light Horse (South Australia Mounted Rifles) 4th/19th Prince of Waless Light Horse A Squadron 10th Light Horse 12th/16th Hunter River Lancers Table 19-5 - Royal Australian Armoured Corps Regiments Entitled to Emu Tufts Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

1933. 1934. 1935.

19-11

LANCES
1936. Lances are carried when ordered by RAAC WO, NCO and other ranks during RAAC parades. 1937. The lance is to be no more than 2.77 m in length (measured from the bottom of the shoe to the tip of the head) , and the weight is to be between 2.0 and 2.6 kg. The stave of the lance can be made of Black Ash or Bamboo and is tapered from a diameter of 3.7 cm at the shoe to 2.7 cm at the point where the stave is joined to the head. 1938. The grip/sling of the lance is to be made of black leather and is positioned so that it is central to the balance point of the lance, which should be approximately 1.17 m from the shoe. The grip/sling is to be no more than 33 cm in length. 1939. 1940. 1941. 1942. 1943. 1944. The RAAC unit pennant is attached to the stave of the lance immediately below the head. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

LANYARDS
1945. A lanyard is to be worn on polyester shirts, Service dress jackets and utility jackets by all members except officers of the rank of colonel and above not serving in a corps appointment, RSM-A, level 3 RSM appointments and other members not allocated to a corps. Lanyards are worn with ceremonial and general duty orders of dress. Lanyards are not worn with Mess Dress, patrol Blues, DPCU barracks dress, field or protective dress, overcoat, raincoat or sweaters. 1946. The lanyard is worn around the shoulder, passing under the epaulette and under the arm, with the ball of the loop to the rear and with the loose end, which terminates with the larger loop, passing beneath the breast pocket button and secured on the inside of the pocket. The method of knotting and wearing the lanyard is illustrated in figures 19-5a. (right shoulder) and 19-5.b. (left shoulder). The shoulder on which the lanyard is worn and the lanyard colours are shown in table 19-6. 1947. Non-Royal Australian Infantry (RA Inf) personnel posted to an infantry unit are to wear the authorised regimental lanyard of that unit in lieu of their parent corps lanyard ut retain all other parent corps embellishments, including headdress where applicable. 1948. RA Inf personnel posted to non-corps positions are to replace unit lanyards with the Infantry corps scarlet lanyard.

19-12

RIGHT SHOULDER
A C D B

Note: The lanyard section A - B is pulled straight and the sections C and D are pressed together and stitched with a cotton which matches the colour of the lanyard.

Figure 19-5a. - Method of Knotting and Wearing the Lanyard (Right Shoulder)

19-13

LEFT SHOULDER
A C D B

Note: The lanyard section A - B is pulled straight and the sections C and D are pressed together and stitched with a cotton which matches the colour of the lanyard.

Figure 19-5b. - Method of Knotting and Wearing the Lanyard (Left Shoulder)

19-14

Serial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Corps or Unit Corps of Staff Cadets (the Sovereigns Company) Corps of Staff Cadets (except the Sovereigns Company) Royal Australian Armoured Corps Royal Australian Artillery (except A Fd Bty RAA) A Fd Bty RAA Royal Australian Engineers Royal Australian Corps of Signals Royal Australian Infantry The Royal Australian Regiment a. 1RAR b. 2 RAR c. 3 RAR d. 4 RAR e. 5/7 RAR f. 6 RAR

Colour scarlet khaki yellow white white blue-black royal blue scarlet

Shoulder on which worn right right right right left right right right

Remarks

garter blue black rifle green scarlet gold/maroon khaki slate grey/ beech brown garter blue garter blue

left left left left left left left left left braided lanyard braided lanyard

g. 8/9 RAR 10 11 Special Air Service Regiment 1 Commando Regiment which includes: a. RHQ b. 1 Company c. 2 Company d. 126 Signal Squadron Royal Queensland Regiment a. 9 RQR b. 25 RQR c. 31 RQR d. 42 RQR e. 49 RQR 13 14 51 FNQR Royal New South Wales Regiment

12

garter blue scarlet black gold khaki rifle green

left left left left left left

19-15 a. 2/17 RNSWR b. 4/3 RNSWR c. 1/19 RNSWR d. 41 RNSWR 15 Royal Victoria Regiment a. 5/6 RVR b. 8/7 RVR 16 Royal South Australia Regiment a. 10/27 RSAR 17 Royal Western Australia Regiment a. 11/28 RWAR b. 16 RWAR 18 Royal Tasmanian Regiment a. 12/40 RTR 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 North West Mobile Force Pilbara Regiment Queensland University Regiment Sydney University Regiment University of New South Wales Regiment Melbourne University Regiment Monash University Regiment Deakin University Company Adelaide University Regiment Western Australian University Regiment Regional University Regiments of Queensland Australian Army Aviation Corps Australian Intelligence Corps Royal Australian Army Chaplains Department garter blue/ black bottle green/ spectrum orange burnt orange slate grey black maroon rifle green pale blue yellow/ garter blue khaki scarlet scarlet light blue bottle green purple left left left left left left left left left left left left right right right braided lanyard braided lanyard garter blue/ rifle green black left left braided lanyard garter blue/ black left braided lanyard gold/khaki brown/white left left braided lanyard braided lanyard black/gold scarlet/ rifle green garter blue/ slate grey khaki left left left left braided lanyard braided lanyard braided lanyard

19-16 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Royal Australian Corps of Transport Royal Australian Army Medical Corps Royal Australian Army Dental Corps Royal Australian Army Ordnance Corps Royal Australian Electrical and Mechanical Engineers Royal Australian Army Educational Corps Australian Army Public Relations Service Austalian Army Catering Corps Royal Australian Army Pay Corps Australian Army Legal Corps Royal Australian Corps of Military Police Australian Army Psychology Corps Australian Army Band Corps Royal Australian Army Nursing Corps G Res Officer Cadet Training Unit (senior class) G Res Officer Cadet Training Unit (junior class) scarlet/ dark blue dull cherry burnt orange scarlet dark blue pale blue bottle green/gold slate grey gold maroon scarlet/black maroon scarlet/rifle green scarlet/slate grey scarlet khaki right right right right right right right right right right right right right right right right braided lanyard braided lanyard braided lanyard braided lanyard laid lanyard

Table 19-6 - Colours of Lanyards

MOURNING BANDS
1949. Mourning bands are of black crepe, 8 cm wide, and are worn on the left arm, midway between the elbow and the shoulder. 1950. Mourning bands are to be worn by all members of the bearer party (ie officer commanding, bearers, hat orderlies and insignia bearer), personnel who are in command of elements of the funeral party, the gun carriage driver and all officers and WO. They are to be worn by officers, when ordered, during periods when the Court is in mourning. 1951. Except when the Court is in mourning, they are not to be worn at levees. They are not to be worn at ceremonies such as the unveiling of memorials or ANZAC Day and Remembrance Day services. 1952. A member in private mourning may wear a mourning band in ceremonial or general duty dress, when not on parade and with the approval of the members commanding officer. The mourning band may be worn from the death until the day of the funeral. Mourning bands are not worn on DPCU.

19-17 1953. 1954. 1955. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

NAMEPLATES AND NAME TAGS

Nameplates 1956. An authorised nameplate is to be worn on jackets and shirts with orders of general duty dress and ceremonial dress detailed in ASOD, volume 1, chapter 5 and volume 2, chapters 4, 5 and 10. A nameplate is not worn with ceremonial parade dress, mess orders of dress, DPCU, khaki field sweater, overcoat, raincoat or japara. Nameplates are not worn on medical ward dress. 1957. Authorised Army nameplates are black over white plastic, 2 cm wide by 8 cm long, with white engraved letters 8 mm high. Nameplates are to show the surname only. Exceptionally long surnames which do not fit this space may use a slightly longer nameplate.

8 cm 2 cm

DENCOF
Figure 19-6 - Nameplate Specifications

8 mm

1958. The nameplate is worn centrally on the flap of the right breast pocket with the top of the plate 5 mm below the upper edge of the pocket flap as shown in figure 19-7. On sweaters the nameplate is to be positioned in an equivalent location. On the maternity uniform the nameplate is worn with the top of the plate 20 cm below the top centre of the shoulder.

5 mm

DENCOF
Figure 19-6 - Wearing the Nameplate

1959. Army recruiting staff and Army personnel posted to Australian Defence Force Academy, Headquarters Australian Defence Force, Defence or Joint Service Establishments and Defence Recruiting may wear the distinctive nameplate of those organisations while so posted. On posting from those organisations to another Army unit, the standard Army nameplate is to be resumed.

19-18 Name Tags 1960. An issued name tag, with embroidered black characters 15 mm high, on the appropriate background is to be worn on DPCU shirts, khaki field sweater and protective dress. The specifications for name tags are shown in figure 19-8.

DENCOF
Figure 19-8 - Name Tag Specifications 1961. Name tags are sewn onto garments as follows: a.

15 mm

Shirts. Centrally above the right pocket with the lower edge of the name tag immediately above the pocket flap as shown in figure 19-9.a. For pockets which have the pocket flap inclined the name tag is to follow the line of the pocket flap as shown in figure 19-9.b.

DENCOF

DENCO

Figure 19-9.a.-b. - Wearing the Name Tag

b.

Field Sweater. Horizontally in an equivalent position to that on shirts.

PACE STICKS
1962. Pace sticks are to be carried by an RSM at all times when in ceremonial and general duty forms of dress and DPCU Barracks Dress. Pace sticks are also carried by Divisional Artillery Sergeant Majors of the 1st and 2nd Divisions. A pace stick is not carried when wearing a sword with leather scabbard. 1963. Pace sticks are to be of polished brown or natural timber colour and fitted with brass fittings. Level 1 and 2 RAAC and AA Avn RSMs are to carry black pace sticks with silver/chrome fittings. 1964. The method of carrying the pace stick is given in MLW part 3, volume 3, pamphlet No 2, Drill. 1965. Pace sticks of distinctive design are authorised to be carried by RSM-A, the Regimental Master Gunner and the Master Gunner Land Command Artillery.

19-19 1966. The following personnel may carry pace sticks for instructional and training purposes: a. b. 1967. 1968. 1969. 1970. Drill instructors at Royal Military College (RMC) and the Australian Defence Academy, and Instructors and students on the RSM course.

Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

SASHES
Ceremonial Waist Sash 1971. The gold and crimson or crimson ceremonial waist sash is worn by senior officers and special appointments detailed in chapters 4 and 5. A rifle green waist sash is worn by Australian Army Band Corps (AABC) officers and AABC WO in charge of bands. The ceremonial waist sash is worn with patrol Blue and White uniforms and AABC ceremonial uniforms. the gold and crimson general officer sash is worn with Service Dress when the mameluke sword is worn (refer to chapter 4). Shoulder Sash 1972. When ordered a scarlet shoulder sash is to be worn on ceremonial parades, barrack guard duties and at regimental, mess or unit functions by: a. b. a WO2, staff sergeant or sergeant of the RA Inf Corps; and an authorised member of the Corps of Staff/Officer Cadets;

1973. The sash is worn diagonally over the right shoulder under the shoulder strap with the tassels hanging from the left side. The front of the sash is worn under the belt and the rear of the sash is worn over the belt. 1974. The sash is worn outside the coat with Patrol Blues and Service Dress. With Mess Dress White Jacket it is worn under the jacket. The front of the sash is worn under the cummerbund in Mess Dress White Jacket and Mess Dress White Shirt.

SHOULDER BOARDS, SHOULDER SLIDES AND SHOULDER CORDS

Shoulder Boards 1975. Khaki detachable shoulder boards are worn by officers, officer cadets and Staff cadets on the khaki shirt in ceremonial dress and ceremonial parade dress. 1976. Shoulder boards worn by officers are worn with metal badges of rank and the appropriate metal shoulder titles.

19-20 Shoulder Slides 1977. Shoulder slides with badges of rank embroidered in gold, silver or black on khaki background are worn on the following garments: a. b. c. d. e. polyester shirts in general duty order, utility jacket, Maternity uniform, khaki lightweight sweater (not field sweater), and polyester shirts worn in an office environment in when a jacket is removed.

1978. Shoulder slides with badges of rank embroidered in black on DPCU background are worn on the following garments: a. b. c. DPCU shirts, khaki field sweater, and field coats (not Japara).

1979. On Royal Australian Army Medical Corps (RAAMC), Royal Australian Army Dental Corps (RAADC) and RAANC white working dress soft shoulder slides are worn as follows: a. b. c. Shoulder Cords 1980. Shoulder cords are worn with patrol blue/white orders of ceremonial dress by entitled officers. Officers entitled to wear shoulder cords are those authorised to wear ceremonial equipment listed in chapters 4 and 5 and officers of the AABC. 1981. An entitled officer of the RAAC, AA Avn Corps or RAANC wears silver shoulder cords. All other entitled officers wear gold shoulder cords. Backings shoulder cords are blue-black, except that RAANC backings are grey and AABC backings are scarlet. 1982. General officer shoulder cords are of plaited gold wire basket cord 5 mm in diameter, with small gold gimp down the centre. The strap of the cord is 57 mm wide, terminating in a 105 mm wing. 1983. diameter. Other shoulder cords are 40 mm wide and are made of twisted gold or silver basket cord 5 mm RAAMC - dull cherry slide (other rank (OR) plain, officer rank embroidered in gold); RAADC - burnt orange slide ((OR) plain, officer rank embroidered in gold); and RAANC - scarlet slide ((OR) plain, officer rank embroidered in silver).

1984. Shoulder cords are worn in pairs. They should be long enough to overhang the shoulder seam by 1 cm. Figure 19-10 shows the left-hand shoulder cord. 1985. Badges of rank with prongs are worn on shoulder cords. Gold insignia are worn on silver cords and silver and gold insignia are worn on gold cords. For the placing of badges of rank on cords see figure 19-10.

19-21

a. General

b. Lieutenant General/ Major General

c. Brigadier

d. Major/Second Lieutenant

e. Colonel/Captain

f. Lieutenant Colonel/ Lieutenant

Figure 19-10 - Positioning Badges of Rank on Shoulder Cords (Diagrams above indicate left shoulder)

19-22

SIGNS - NATIONAL DISTINGUISHING (NATIONAL FLAG)

1986. The national distringuishing sign is an embroidered insignia in the form of the Australian National Flag with the word AUSTRALIA below. This insignia is shown in figure 19-11.

AUSTRALIA
Figure 19-11 - Sign Distinguishing - National Flag 1987. The sign is worn only by personnel posted overseas as members of UN or Multi-National Force contingents. The sign is worn on a brassard on the left arm.

SIGNS - UNITED NATIONS

1988. The UN badge is worn by personnel posted to UN deployments. It is worn on a DPCU brassard on the right arm as shown in figure 19-12.

UN

ED NATIO IT

AT IONS UNIE

NS

Figure 19-12 - Disruptive Pattern Combat Uniform Brassard with United Nations Badge

19-23 1989. 1990. 1991. 1992. 1993. 1994. 1995. Reserved. Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved

SPURS
1996. Refer to chapter 6, Mess Dress.

SWORDS AND ACCESSORIES

General 1997. The four types of sword authorised are: a. b. c. d. 1998. the general officers sword (Mameluke) - worn by general officers, the cavalry sabre - worn by black leather and silver fittings by members and ex-members of the RAAC and AA Avn Corps, the artillery sword - worn by members and ex-members of Royal Australian Artillery, and the infantry sword - worn by members and ex-members of the RA Inf and all other members and ex-members entitled to wear a sword

Members of RAA Ch D are not to wear swords and sword accessories.

General Officers, Senior Officers and Special Appointments 1999. Details of sword equipment and accessories worn by senior officers and officers holding special appointments are detailed in chapters 4 and 5 respectively. Officers and Warrant Officers Class One 19-100 When swords are to be worn by officers and WO1 the following items are to be worn except as otherwise stated: a. b. c. d. Sam Browne belt, sabre/sword with leather scabbard, leather sword knot, and leather sword frog.

Note: An RSM does not carry a pace stick when wearing this sword. A pace stick is carried when wearing white slung equipment.

19-24 Ensigns of Flag Parties, Colour Parties, Regimental Sergeant Majors and Drum Majors 19-101 The ensigns of Flag, Colour and Banner Parties, the RSM and Drum Major are to wear the following equipment on ceremonial parades: a. b. c. d. e. 19-102 infantry/artillery sword, as applicable; steel infantry/artillery scabbard, as applicable; white leather sword knot; white sword belt with slung equipment; and white gloves (drum major wears gauntlets).

Alternatively ensigns may wear the equipment listed in paragraph 19-100.

Assembly of Sword Equipment (Suspended) 19-103 When a suspended sword is worn with Ceremonial Patrol Blue or Ceremonial Patrol White uniform a webbing waist belt is worn under the coat or jacket to carry the weight of the sword. The method of assembling and wearing the equipment is shown in figures 19-13, 19-14 and 19-15. The assembly instructions are as follows: a. Waist Belt with Shoulder Suspender. The waist belt is worn outside the overalls and under the coat. The shoulder suspender is worn over the right shoulder and should be adjusted to withstand the weight of the sword (figure 19-13).

19-25

Figure 19-13 - Assembly of Sword Equipment (Suspended)

b.

Sword Slings. The leather slings faced with gold lace are provided in sets, one short and one long. The front (short) sling is fastened with the square end on the brass D at the left hip on the waist belt and the pointed end is fastened to the upper ring of the sword scabbard. The rear (long) sling is fastened with the square end on the brass D at the rear of the waist belt and the pointed end is fastened to the lower ring o the sword scabbard. The long sling emerges from below the centre rear of the coat. When the sword scabbard is removed, the slings may be left attached to the waist belt and the loose ends fastened together (figure 19-14).

19-26

Figure 19-14 - Wearing Sword Equipment (Suspended)

19-27 c. Sword Knot with Acorn. To tie the knot and position the acorn, pass the double end through the metal eye in the pommel of the sword from the inside, while the sword is held in the correct position. Then pass the acorn through the loop fromed on the outside and pull the acorn down to the full extent of the swrod knot. Slide the runner up the double cords as high as possible and then fashion the sword knot into a figure of eight. The upper bight of the figure of eight is then passed over the knob on the front trang (crossbar) of the hilt to prevent undue movement. The acorn hangs below the tang (figure 19-15).

Figure 19-15 - Sword Knot - Mameluke Sword d. Waist Sash with Tassels. The sash is worn outside the jacket and fastened at the left hip. The tassels hang on the left side, to the rear of the short sling and reach about 10 cm below the skirt of the coat. The Sword and Scabbard. The sword is carried by the hilt in the left hand. The shoe of the scabbard trails to the rear, just above the ground.

e.

19-28 Assembly of Sword Equipment (Slung) 19-104 The components of the white slung sword equipment are shown in figure 19-16.

Figure 19-16 - Components of Sword Equipment (Slung) 19-105 To assemble the sword equipment (slung): a. b. c. d. e. f. g. lay out the belt with outside uppermost and with the hook and D pointing down; attach the fold-over end of the short strap to D; attach the fold-over end of the long strap around the centre of the belt with the rings of the scabbard pointing left, attach the scabbard to the belt by placing the upper ring over the belt hook; the unattached end of the short strap is passed under and around the scabbard and the fold-over tab attached to the upper ring of the scabbard. the unattached end of the long strap is passed over the scabbard and the fold-over tab attached to the lower ring of the scabbard; and the sword is placed in the scabbard with the hilt to the rear.

Note: An metal device designed to support or maintain sword equipment in the correct position may be used.

19-29 19-106 The slung sword is assembled as shown in figure 19-17 and worn as shown in figure 19-18.

Figure 19-17 Assembling Sword Equipment (Slung)

Figure 19-18 Wearing Sword Equipment (Slung)

19-30 Sword Knots 19-107 On the cavalry and artillery sword the sword knot hangs freely from the hilt to which it is attached by passing the strap through the slot from above, bringing the acorn through the loop on the guard side, and hauling taut. 19-108 On the infantry sword the sword knot is attached as follows: a. lay the acorn on the guard by the slot;

Figure 19-19.a. b. starting close to the handle and winding towards the outer curve of the guard, wind the spare end of the strap downwards around the guard as many times as possible.

Figure 19-19.b. c. pass the end of the loop up throught the slot from the inside and over the acorn; and

19-31

Figure 19-19.c.

d.

adjust the turns so that they are flat and taut on the guard and the acorn rests firmly against the hilt.

Figure 19-19.d. 19-109 When sword equipment (slung) is worn as shown in figure 19-18 the sword knot is to be white as for sword infantry.

PART 4 BADGES AND EMBLEMS

20-35

CHAPTER 20

AUSTRALIAN ARMY BADGE AND TITLES

AUSTRALIAN ARMY BADGE
Description 2001. The Australian Army Badge is the distinctive Rising Sun badge traditionally worn by members of the Australian Army. The metal badge is produced only in gold finish and is issued in two sizes. The badge is also produced as an embroidered badge on appropriate backgrounds to be worn on the left sleeve. The authorised design is shown in figure 20-1.

THE

AUSTR LIAN A

ARMY

Figure 20-1 - Australian Army Badge Wearing the Badge 2002. The large badge is worn by all members of the Australian Army on the left side of the brim of the Hat KFF at all times. 2003. The small size badge is worn on Service caps and berets in lieu of corps/regiment badges by the following personnel; a. b. Army officer cadets at the Austalian Defence Force Academy, and Army recruits.

2004. Small badges are worn as collar badges in lieu of corps/regiment badges by Regimental Sergeant Major - Army (RSM-A), Level 3 RSM appointments and personnel listed in paragraph 2003. Positioning the Badge 2005. Hat/cap and collar badges are positioned on dress items as follows:

2006. Hat KFF. On hat KFF the badge is positioned centrally on the let side brim, facing outward when the brim is turned up. The highest point of the badge is to be 1.5 cm below the edge of the brim. This position is shown in figure 20-1.a.

20-36
1.5 cm

Figure 20-1.a. - Positioning the Army Badge

2007. Service Cap and Beret. On caps and beret, entitled personnel wear the small Australian Army Badge as for corps/regiment badges as detailed in chapter 21, paragraph 2105. 2008. Collar. When Australian Army Badges are worn as collar badges they are positioned on Service Dress and patrol pattern coats as detailed in chapter 21. The positioning of collar badges on mess orders of dress is detailed in chapter 6. Embroidered Shoulder Badge 2009. The Australian Army Badge embroidered on appropriate backgrounds is worn on the left sleeve of the following garments: a. A gold badge embroidered on khaki background is worn on the following garments: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Service Dress, polyester shirts, utility jacket, safari jacket, and khaki lightweight sweater.

Note: the rectangular badge is worn on khaki shirts and safari suit jacket, the oval badge is worn on other garments. b. A black badge embroidered on Disruptive Pattern Combat Uniform (DPCU) background is worn on the following garmets: (1) (2) (3) c. DPCU shirt, khaki field jumper, and DPCU flying suit.

A gold badge embroidered on white background is worn on the following garments: (1) (2) Mess Dress White Jacket (Other ranks), Mess Dress White Shirt, and

20-37 (3) d. Patrol White jacket. A gold badge embroidered on blue background is worn on the following garments: (1) (2) e. Patrol Blue jacket, and black catering sweater.

A bullion badge on blue background is worn by senior officers on Mess Dress.

1 cm 2 cm

Figure 20-2 - Positioning the Embroidered/Bullion Australian Army Shoulder Badge

TY

FI

RST

2010.

Reserved.

2011. On shirts, safari jacket and flying suit the badge is positioned with the centre of the top edge of the badge 1 cm below the centre of the top of the sleeve as shown in figure 20-2. The badge is to be aligned on a vertical line from the centre of the shoulder to the centre of the cuff. The badge may not be parallel to the shoulder seam. On jackets and sweaters it is positioned 2 cm below the centre of the top of the sleeve.

AUSTRALIA SHOULDER TITLE

Description 2012. 20-3. The AUSTRALIA shoulder title is produced in gold and silver anodised metal. It is shown in figure

AUSTRALIA Shoulder Title

Figure 20-3

20-38 Wearing Shoulder Titles 2013. AUSTRALIA shoulder titles are worn by personnel as follows: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. by all personnel on the Service Dress at all times by senior officers not serving in corps appointments, unless wearing Mess Dress or Patrol Blue/White uniforms. at all times by RSM-A and Level 3 RSM appointments in ceremonial, general duty and mess orders of dress; at all times by officers of the rank of lieutenant colonel and below when wearing Mess Dress; by all personnel on Mess Dress White Jacket; by all personnel when overseas in ceremonial, general duty and mess orders of dress (less senior officers in Mess Dress); and by personnel in Patrol Blue/Whte/Scarlet uniforms when not wearing shoulder cords.

Positioning Shoulder Titles 2014. AUSTRALIA shoulder titles are worn on the shoulder strap or shoulder board with the lowest point of the badge 5 mm from the outer end of the strap or board as shown in figure 20-4 below.

5 mm

5 mm 5 mm
5 mm CENTRE LINE

Figure 20-4 - Positioning AUSTRALIA Shoulder Titles

CHAPTER 21

CORPS/REGIMENT BADGES AND TITLES

General 2101. Corps/regiment badges are produced in a range of designs and colours according to corps. Most corps/regiment badges are produced in a large size for hat/cap and beret and a small size (often in pairs which are designed to be worn on the left and right sides of uniforms) for wear as collar badges. The Royal Australian Artillery (RAA)has distinctive hat/cap and collar badges for officers and Warrant Officers Class One (WO1) which are only to be worn by those ranks; the Royal Australian Engineers (RAE) has distinctive collar badges for officers and WO1. All currently authorised hat and collar badges and metal shoulder titles are shown in annex A to this chapter. Hat/Cap Badges 2102. Corps/regiment hat/cap badges are worn by all personnel with the exception of senior GSO officers (Colonel and above) not serving in corps appointments and those personnel listed in chapter 20 who wear the Australian Army Badge in lieu of corps/regiment badges. Hat/cap badges are worn on Hat KFF, Service caps and berets. 2103. On the front of hats KFF, caps and berets, Regimental Sergeant Major - Army (RSM-A) and level 3 RSM appointments wear a hat badge depicting the Australian coat of arms in lieu of corps/regiment badges. The RSM-A badge has the coat of arms surrounded by a wreath. Collar Badges 2104. Corps/regiment collar badges are worn by all personnel except senior officers and personnel listed in chapter 20 who wear the Australian Army Badge. Collar badges are worn by eligible personnel on Service Dress, Mess Dress, Mess Dress White Jacket. Personnel in special appointments who are entitled to wear patrol Blue and White uniforms wear corps/regiment collar badges on those uniforms. Positioning of Badges 2105. Corps/regiment badges are positioned on headdress as follows: a. b. c. Hat KFF. The badge is positioned centrally on the front of the puggaree with the lowest point of the badge touching the brim of the hat. Sevice Cap. The badge is positioned centrally on the front of the cap with the lowest point of the badge 1 cm above the chinstrap. Beret. On berets the badge is positioned centrally on the backing provided with the lower edge 1 cm above the band. The beret is worn so that the badge is positioned vertically over the left eye.

2106.

Badge positions on all forms of headdress are shown in figure 21-1.

21-2

ROYA L

COR

PS

A U S T RA LI

AN I N FA N

T RY

a. Hat KFF

V IG

I LA NT

1 cm

b. Service Cap

1 cm

c. Beret
Figure 21-1 - Positioning of Badges on Headdress

21-3 2107. Collar Badges. Paired badges are worn facing inwards (the exception being the Pilbara Regiment, who are authorised to wear the badges facing out). This normally has the badge which is the miniature of the hat/cap badge worn on the left lapel. Collar badges are positioned as follows: a. Service Dress. On Service Dress collar badges are positioned vertically with the lowest point of the badge on the horizontal line joining the tips of the lower edge of the collar and centrally between the tip of the collar and the inner edge of the lapel as shown in figure 21-2.a. Patrol pattern coats. Collar badges worn on patrol pattern coats are to be placed midway between the top and bottom of the collar so that the centre of the badge is 5 cm from the end of the collar as shown in figure 21-2.b. The badges should appear upright when viewed from the front. The officer badges of the RAA and RAE which are too large to be worn vertically are to be worn horizontallly so that the base of the badges are nearest the collar end as shown in figure 21-2.c.

b.

Figure 21-2.a. - Positioning of Collar Badges on Service Dress

21-4

5 cm Centre Line

Figure 21-2.b. - Positioning of Collar Badges on Patrol Pattern Coats

1 cm Centre Line
U B I Q UE

Figure 21-2.c. - Positioning Royal Australian Artillery/Royal Australian Engineers Collar Badges on Patrol Pattern Coats

21-5 2108. 2109. 2110. Positions of collar badges on mess jackets is given in chapter 6. Reserved. Reserved.

Shoulder Titles 2111. Corps/regiment anodised metal shoulder titles are produced in gold, silver or black finish according to corps/regiment. Should titles are worn by all personnel who are eligible to wear corps/regiment embellishments. 2112. Shoulder titles are worn on garments as follows: a. Officers: on the shoulder straps of safari suit, Mess Dress White Shirt and on khaki shoulder boards worn on polyester shirts with ceremonial orders of dress. Metal shoulder titles are not worn when embroidered rank slides which include an embroidered AUSTRALIA are worn Other ranks: on the shoulder straps of polyester shirts, utility jacket, sweater khaki lightweight, Mess Dress Shite Shirt and safari suit.

b.

2113. Metal shoulder titles are positioned with the lowest point of the title 5 mm from the outer end of shoulder boards as shown in figure 21-3.

23 mm 5 mm 23 mm

5 mm 23 mm

RAE

5 mm

7 mm

RAE

5 mm 5 mm

Figure 21-3 - Positioning of Shoulder Titles

Annex:

A.

Corps and Regimental Hat Badges of the Australian Army

14 cm

ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 21

CORPS AND REGIMENTAL HAT BADGES OF THE AUSTRALIAN ARMY

CORPS

Royal Military College (Corps of Staff Cadets)

Royal Australian Armoured Corps

Royal Regiment of Australian Artillery

ROYA L

C OR PS

N I N FA N AU STR A L IA T RY

Royal Australian Engineers

Royal Australian Corps of Signals

Royal Australian Infantry Corps

Australian Army Aviation Corps

Australian Intelligence Corps

Royal Australian Army Chaplains Department (Christian)

21A-2

Royal Australian Army Royal Australian Corps Chaplains Department (Jewish) of Transport

Royal Australian Army Medical Corps

Royal Australian Army Dental Corps

Royal Australian Army Ordnance Corps

Royal Australian Electrical and Mechanical Engineers

Royal Australian Army Educational Corps

Australian Army Public Relations Service

Australian Army Catering Corps

21A-3

Royal Australian Army Pay Corps

Australian Army Legal Corps

Royal Australian Corps of Military Police

AUST.

A R MY

PSYCHO LOG Y CORPS

Australian Army Psychology Corps

Australian Army Band Corps

Royal Australian Army Nursing Corps

21A-4

REGIMENTAL

TRAL US

R PA

A TU

1st Armoured Regiment (Tank)

SOUTH AUS TR

N D / F OU R T

CO

R O YA L N .S.W

LA

NCER S

FO R WA R D

QM I

1st/15th Royal New South Wales Lancers (Reconnaissance)

2nd/14th Light Horse Regiment 3rd/9th Light Horse (Queensland Mounted Infantry) (South Australian Mounted Rifles) (Reconnaissance) (Armoured Personnel Carrier)

PER

CUT

EE

TP

ER

CU

TE

R ITE OC VEL

R IV ER

4th/19th Prince of Wales Light Horse (Reconnaissance)

10th Light Horse (Reconnaissance)

12th/16th Hunter River Lancers (Armoured Personnel Carrier)

A
L

CE

I CH

D IEN

RS
R

NT

SE

IA
S
R ES

OLU T E

2nd Cavalry Regiment (Reconnaissance)

3rd/4th Cavalry Regiment (Armoured Personnel Carrier)

EN

T H L I GH T

IA N M O U AL

ED R IFLES NT

SE OR
R E GI M

E
N

EC

AS PE

RA

TE

T EN RR

HU N

TE

21A-5

DU T Y F I R ST

ST

RA IA

EN GI

WH

DA

R ES

WI

NS

Royal Australian Regiment

Special Air Service Regiment

RO

FO C IS A R IS -E T

OY A

E L N S W R EG I M

IC T

ORI

Royal Queensland Regiment

Royal New South Wales Regiment

Royal Victorian Regiment

L SOUTH YA

AUSTRA

L TA YA

SM

ANI A
RE

PRO

PAT R IA

Royal South Australia Regiment

NT

I LA NT

PRO

AR I

Royal Western Australia Regiment

Royal Tasmania Regiment

V IG

O S ET F

NT

A REG ME LI

G ME

I
CI S

21A-6

TU WANTA MIN

IT A UC

M OR

TR A PA

PILB T EN AR A REGIM

51 ST BN

NQR

Pilbara Regiment

51st Battalion, Far North Queensland Regiment

I V IT E RS

AC

North West Mobile Force

NO EV ER

A V I GI L

EG

NT

IA

IM

NT

R FOR C E

Queensland University Regiment

GI M E N

S C I E NT I A

RE

IV

ER

OF

NS

IV

ER

Sydney University Regiment

University of New South Wales Regiment

Melbourne University Regiment

SI

TY

SI

TY

I EG

ME

RN

RE

GI M

IV ER S I T Y

UN

NT

EN T

D
SC
QU
EE

Commando Regiment

R
IE
A
D

R U

SL

Regional Universities Queensland Regiment

LAUD TER A C RESCA M OS

SY
DNE Y
U

O LB ME

UN

21A-7

MO N A SH

K W ISDOM SEE

ES TERN

I ME REG

NT

A N COR

A I

A RO MP

S A P IENT IA

VI N C I T
O M N IA

A US

IA

N U

Monash University Regiment

Adelaide University Regiment

Western Australian University Regiment

AU T
CE T PA

BE LL O

AU

D EA KIN

UN

I V ER S I T

Y PAN OM C Y

Deakin University Company

TR

AL

V NI

RS

ITY

V IC T O
R

21A-8

CHAPTER 22

RANK BADGES AND INSIGNIA

OFFICER
Description 2201. The badges of rank for Army officers, including the Governor-General and Sate Governors, are shown in annex A to this chapter. Metal rank insignia are produced in gold, solver or black finish according to corps/regiment. Silver insignia are worn by Royal Australian Armoured Corps (RAAC), Australian Army Aviation Corps (AA Avn) and Royal Australian Army Nursing Corps (RAANC). Black insignia are worn by 51 FNQR and Sydney University Regiment (SUR). (SUR wear the insignia on a scarlet backing.) Rank slides are produced in gold/silver/black embroidered on khaki polyester material and black on Disruptive Pattern Combat Uniform (DPCU) material. Wearing Badges of Rank 2202. Badges of rank are worn on both shoulders. The badges for general officers are worn in left and right sets with the point of the sword facing the front on each side. Badges of rank are worn as follows: a. b. Service Dress - metal insignia fixed directly to shoulder straps. Polyester shirt: (1) (2) c. d. e. f. Ceremonial - metal insignia on khaki shoulder boards. General Duty - embroidered on khaki slides.

Khaki lightweight sweater - embroidered on khaki slides. Utility jacket - embroidered on khaki slides. Safari jacket - metal insignia fixed directly to shoulder straps. Mess Dress: (1) (2) (3) Mess Dress - metal insignia fixed directly to shoulder straps. Senior officers, colonel and above, wear bullion badges of rank. Mess Dress White Jacket - metal insignia fixed directly to shoulder straps. mess Dress White Shirt - Metal insignia fixed directly to shoulder straps.

g. h. i. 2203. 2204.

Patrol Blue and White Coats - metal badges of rank with wire prongs fixed to shoulder cords. Gold insignia are worn on silver cords and silver/gold insignia are worn on gold cords. Khaki field sweater - black embroidered on DPCU slides. DPCU barracks dress/field dress, protective dress - black embroidered on DPCU slides.

Badges of rank are not worn on raincoat, overcoat or Japara. Reserved.

22-2 Positioning of Rank Badges 2205. The order of placement from the point of the shoulder towards the neck is: a. b. c. metal shoulder titles, and/or royal cypher and crown, and badge(s) of rank.

2206. Metal insignia are positioned on shoulder straps as shown in figure 22-1. These spacings may need to be adjusted on small shoulder straps or when othere insignia such as royal cypher and crown are worn. Refer to chapter 19 for position of rank badges on shoulder cords.

23 mm 5 mm

14 cm

23 mm 5 mm 23 mm 5 mm 5 mm

5 mm 16.5 mm 5 mm 23 mm 5 mm 5 mm

7 mm

RAE
a. Officer Insignia

b. Brigadier

Figure 22-1 - Positioning Officer Badges of Rank

2207.

Reserved.

22-3

WARRANT OFFICER
Description 2208. The badges of rank for warrant officers are shown in annex A to this chapter. Badges are produced as embroidered badges in full colour, or black (SUR on scarlet backing), on appropriate background. 2209. The RSM of the Army wears distinctive badges of rank unique to the appointment.

Wearing of Badges of Rank 2210. Badges of rank to be worn are as follows: a. b. c. d. e. Service Dress - large embroidered badge on khaki backing. Polyester shirt - small embroidered badge on khaki backing. Utility jacket - large embroidered badge on khaki backing. Safari jacket - small embroidered badge on khaki backing. Mess Dress: (1) (2) f. g. 2211. 2212. Mess Dress white Jacket - large embroidered badge on khaki backing. Mess Dress White Shirt - small embroidered badge on khaki backing.

Patrol Blue and White Coats - large embroidered badge on blue or white backing. Khaki sweater - black embroidered badge on DPCU backing. The backing is to be 6 cm x 6 cm

Badges of rank are not worn on raincoat, overcoat or Japara. Reserved

Positioning of Rank Badges 2213. Badges are worn on both sleeves and are positioned on the upper sleeve of garments as shown in figures 22-2.a., 22-2.b. and 22-2.c. If the sleeve of a short sleeved shirt is too short to accommodate the badges in the positions specified, warrant officer rank insignia may be placed with the bottom edge in line with the sleeve hem. 2214. The measurements for the positioning of badges of rank on the DPCU are taken down to the top of the backing of the rank insignia.

22-4

NONCOMMISSIONED OFFICER
Description 2215. The badges of rank for noncommissioned officers are shown in annex A to this chapter. Badges are produced as embroidered or woven badges on appropriate background. Wearing of Badges of Rank 2216. Badges of rank to be worn are as follows: a. b. c. d. e. Service Dress - embroidered badge on khaki backing. Polyester shirt - embroidered badge on khaki backing. Utility jacket - embroidered badge on khaki backing. Safari jacket - embroidered badge on khaki backing. Mess Dress: (1) (2) f. g. 2217. 2218. Mess Dress white Jacket - embroidered badge on khaki backing. Mess Dress White Shirt - embroidered badge on khaki backing.

Patrol Blue and White Coats - embroidered badge on blue backing. Khaki sweater - black embroidered badge on DPCU backing. The backing is to be 6 cm x 6 cm

Badges of rank are not worn on raincoat, overcoat or Japara. Reserved

Positioning of Rank Badges 2219. Badges are worn on both sleeves and are positioned ont he upper sleeve of garments as shown in figures 22-2.a., 22-2.b. and 22-2.c. The badges on both sleeves are to be level. 2220. The staff sergeant crown is separate from the chevrons and is to be positioned as shown in figures 22-4.a., 22-4.b. and 22-4.c. 2221. If the sleeve of a short sleeved shirt is too short to accommodate the required number of embellishments, the embellishments are to be placed evenly on the sleeve so that the bottom edge of the lowest badge is not closer than 1 cm to the bottom edge of the sleeve. In this case, the rank insignia are to be placed in the same position on both sleeves. This situation is only likely to arise for a Staff Sergeant who is qualified in military skills or as a parachutist qualified to wear a trade badge. 2222. The measurements for the positioning of badges of rank on the DPCU are taken down to the top of the backing of the rank insignia.

22-5 2223. 2224. Reserved. Reserved.

OFFICER CADET
Dress Embellishment 2225. as follows: Dress embellishments worn by officer cadets (OCDT) undergoing First Appointment Training are

a. Rank Embellishment for General Duty and Ceremonial Dress. On appointment as OCDT, cadets are to wear hard shoulder boards with a 10 mm white stripe as shown in figure 22-5. Unit titles are worn as shown.
10 mm 5 mm 20 mm 5 mm

b. Rank Embellishment for DPCU/Protective Dress. Cadets are to wear DPCU slides with a 10 mm white stripe positioned 20 mm from the lower edge of the slide as shown in figure 22-6.
10 mm

c. OCDT Rank. OCDT rank is to be worn on a khaki brassard on the right arm.

RMC

SERVICE DRESS - UTILITY JACKET WO2 - WO1

2 cm 2 cm

A C
T

7.5 cm 8 cm

AD

22-6

13.5 cm 13.5 cm

A U ST R A L I A

A U ST R A L I A

POSITIONING WARRANT OFFICER BADGES OF RANKSERVICE DESS - UTILITY JACKET

LEFT SLEEVE

RIGHT SLEEVE

22-7

SHIRTS - SAFARI SUIT WO2 - WO1

1 cm

1 cm

6.5 cm

A C

7 cm

AD

14 cm

14 cm

A U ST R A L I A

A U ST R A L I A

LEFT SLEEVE

RIGHT SLEEVE

Figure 22-2.b.

22-8

LIGHTWEIGHT SWEATER WO2 - WO1

2 cm

14 cm

14 cm

LEFT SLEEVE

RIGHT SLEEVE

Figure 22-2.c.

22-9

POSITIONING NONCOMMISSIONED OFFICER BADGES OF RANK

SERVICE DRESS - UTILITY JACKET

PTE - SGT
2 cm 2 cm

7.5 cm

8 cm

15.5 cm

15.5 cm

LEFT SLEEVE

RIGHT SLEEVE

Figure 22-3.a.

22-10

SHIRTS - SAFARI SUIT PTE - SGT

1 cm

1 cm
R
R

7 cm 6.5 cm
A C

AD

AD

A C

14 cm

14 cm

LEFT SLEEVE

RIGHT SLEEVE

Figure 22-3.b.

LIGHTWEIGHT SWEATER PTE - SGT

2 cm

22-11

Figure 22-3.c.
14 cm

14 cm

LEFT SLEEVE

RIGHT SLEEVE

SERVICE DRESS - UTILITY JACKET

SSGT
2 cm 2 cm

7.5 cm

8 cm

POSITIONING STAFF SERGEANT CROWN

Figure 22-4.a.
13.5 cm 15.5 cm
13.5 cm

15.5 cm

22-12

LEFT SLEEVE

RIGHT SLEEVE

22-13

SHIRT - SAFARI SUIT

SSGT
1 cm 1 cm 7 cm
6.5 cm
R

A C

AD

12 cm 14 cm

12 cm

14 cm

LEFT SLEEVE Figure 22-4.b.

RIGHT SLEEVE

22-14

LIGHTWEIGHT SWEATER SSGT

2 cm

12 cm 14 cm

12 cm 14 cm

LEFT SLEEVE

RIGHT SLEEVE

Annex:

A.

Appointment Insignia and Badges of Rank of the Australian Army

ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 22

APPOINTMENT INSIGNIA AND BADGES OF RANK OF THE AUSTRALIAN ARMY

Insignia of the Governor General of Australia

Insignia of State Governor (Left Shoulder)

Field Marshal

General

Lieutenant General

Major General

Brigadier

Colonel

Lieutenant Colonel

Major

Captain

Lieutenant

Second Lieutenant

22A-2

Warrant Officer Regimental Sergeant Major of the Army

Warrant Officer Class One

Warrant Officer Class Two

Staff Sergeant

Sergeant

Corporal, Bombadier

Lance Corporal, Lance Bombadier

CHAPTER 23

AIRCREW BADGES
Description 2301. Badges are authorised for the following aircrew categories: a. b. c. d. 2302. Pilot, Observer, Loadmaster, and Technician and Flight Test Enginneer.

The design of the badges for those categories are as follows: a. b. c. d. e. Pilot - spread wings with the royal crest in the centre. Observer - the letter O and half wing surmounted by a crown. Loadmaster - the letter L surrounded by a wattle wreath and half wing surmounted by a crown. Technician - the letter T surrounded by a wattle wreath and half wing surmounted by a crown. Flight Test Engineer - the letter E surrounded by a wattle wreath and half wing surmounted by a crown.

Pilot

Observer

Loadmaster

Technician
Figure 23-1 - Aircrew Badges

Flight Test Engineer

23-2 2303. The badges are shown in figure 23-1. 2304. Aircrew badges are worn by those personnel qualified as an Army pilot, as an aircrewman observer, as an aircrewman loadmaster, as a flight test engineer or as an aircrewman technician. 2305. A member who has been awarded an aircrew badge by either the RAN or RAAF, or any of Her Majestys forces before appointment or enlistment in the Army may, subject to Army Headquarters (Director of Army Aviation) approval, wear the equivalent Army badge. During training to qualify as an Army pilot a person quailed as an RAN or RAAF pilot is to retain the brevet of that Service. A member is not otherwise permitted to wear any aircrew badge other than an Army aircrew badge with Army uniform. 2306. A member qualified in more than one aircrew category is to wear only one badge; either the badge of the members current aircrew category or the badge of the members last aircrew category. Wearing the Badges 2307. Table 23-1 below shows the items of dress and the type of badge worn on those items of dress. Badges are not worn on any item of dress not listed in the table. Serial 1 2 3 4 5 Dress Service Dress Shirt Polyester and Mess Dress White Shirt Safari Jacket Utility Jacket Badge Embroidered wings in pale blue and the crest in colour Silver metal badge Silver metal badge As for Serial 1 Remarks

Mess Dress and Mess Dress Other ranks wear embroidered White Jacket full size badge on blue background on Mess Dress White Jacket. Officers may purchase bullion badge in miniature (half size) with the wings in silver and the crest in gold and silver for wear on Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket. Patrol Blue/White Flying Clothing DPCU As for Serial 1 Embroidered black on DPCU background

6 7

Table 23-1 - Wearing of Aircrew Badges Positioning the Badges 2308. Aircrew badges are worn with the lower edge of the badge placed centrally, 1 cm above the left breast pocket or 1 cm above the top row of ribbons or medals. This is shown in figure 23-2.

23-3

1 cm

1 cm 3 mm

Figure 23-2 - Positioning Aircrew Badges

2309. The wearing of aircrew badges by officers on Mess Dress and Mess Dress white Jacket is optional. If worn, officers are to wear miniature bullion badges on blue backing, purchased by the individual. These badges are positioned as described in chapter 6, Mess Dress. All personnel wear full size metal badges on Mess Dress White Shirt with the badges positioned as for khaki polyester shirt. 2310. On flying suits the badge is worn on the left side, positioned immediately above the breast pocket. the badge is worn horizontally on jackets with straight or sloping pockets.

CHAPTER 24

PARACHUTIST BADGES
Description 2401. Badges are authorised for the following categories of parachutist: a. b. c. d. 2402. 2403. Parachutist, Special Air Service Regiment (SASR), Commando 3 Royal Australian Regiment (RAR), and

Parachute Jump Instructor (PJI). The design of the badges fro these categories are as follows: a. b. c. d. e. Parachutist - pale blue drooping wings with a white parachute int he centre SASR - spread wings with a parachute in the centre. Commando - black drooping wings with a parachute in the centre on a green background. 3 RAR - pale blue parachute and wings on a maroon background (badge of the 1st Australian Parachute Battalion 2nd AIF). PJI - parachaute and half wing surmounted by a crown.

2404.

The badges are shown in figure 24-1 below:

a. Parachutist

b. SASR

c. Commando

d. 3 RAR

e. Parachute Jump Instructor

Figure 24-1 - Parachutist Badges

24-2 2405. Eligibility for wearing the various categories of parachutist badges is as follows: a. b. c. d. e. Parachutist - a member qualified as a parachutist. SASR - a member or ex-member of the SASR qualified as an SASR parachutist. Commando - a member or ex-member of the commando regiment qualified as a commando parachutist. 3 RAR - a member or ex-member of 3 RAR qualified as a parachutist. PJI - a member qualified as a PJI.

Wearing the Badges 2406. Table 24-1 below shows the items of dress and the type of badge worn on those items of dress. Badges are not worn on any item of dress not listed in the table: Serial 1 2 3 4 5 Dress Service Dress Shirt Polyester Safari Jacket Utility Jacket Badge Embroidered on appropriate background. Embroidered on appropriate backing. PJI silver metal badge. As for Serial 2. As for Serial 1 Remarks See note.

Mess Dress and Mess Dress Other ranks wear full size White Jacket badges on appropriate background on Mess Dress White Jacket. Officers may purchase bullion badge in miniature (half size) on blue background to be worn on Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket. Patrol Blue/White Mess Dress White Shirt Embroidered on appropriate background. Embroidered on appropriate backing. PJI silver metal badge. See note.

6 7

Table 24-1 Wearing of Parachutist Badges Note: Only the basic parachute qualification badge is produced on different coloured background. Otheres have distinctive backgrounds (SASR - dark blue, Commando - green and 3 RAR maroon) which are worn on all garments excetp the khaki polyester shirt and safari suit.

Special Conditions 2407. Only one badge is to be worn on the sleeve. The PJI badges may be worn with any other parachutist badge, but not with another aircrew badge.

24-3 2408. A member qualified to wear SASR, Commando or 3 RAR parachutist badges is to wear: a. b. c. d. if posted to SASR and qualified - the SASR parachutist badge, if posted to Commando Regiment and qualified - the Commando parachutist badge, if posted to 3 RAR - the 3 RAR parachutist badge, if posted to other units - whichever badge is preferred by the member except that the SASR badge is to be worn when the SASR beret is worn and the Commando badge when the Commando beret is worn.

2409.

Only Australian Army parachutist badges may be worn on Army uniform.

Positioning the Badge 2410. Parachutist badges are worn on the right sleeve of jackets and shirts as shown in figure 24-2.

2411. Other ranks wear full size parachute badges on appropriate backing, on Mess Dress White Jacket, positioned as for Service Dress Jacket. The wearing of parachute badges by officers on Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket is optional. If worn, officers are to wear miniature bullion badges on blue backing, purchased by the individual. These badges are positioned as described in chapter 6, Mess Dress. All personnel wear full size badges on appropriate backing on Mess Dress White Shirt with the badges positioned as for khaki polyester shirt.

7 cm 8 cm

a. Service Dress jacket, utility jacket

b. Short sleeved shirt, safari jacket

Figure 24-2 - Positioning the Parachutist Badge

2412. The PJI badge is worn with the lower edge of the badge placed centrally, 1 cm above the left breast pocket or 1 cm above the top row of ribbons or medals. This is the same as for aircrew badges as shown in figures 23-2.a. and 23-2.b. 2413. On Mess Dress White Jacket, other ranks wear the miniature from of the PJI badge on the left lapel. The wearing of the PJI badge by officers on Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket is optional. If worn, officers are to wear a miniature bullion badge on blue backing, purchased by the individual. The badge is positioned as described in chapter 6, Mess Dress. All personnel wear full size metal badge on Mess Dress White Shirt with the badges positioned as for khaki polyester shirt.

CHAPTER 25

TRADE QUALIFICATION BADGES

General 2501. The trade qualification badges which are currently authorised are as follows: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. Air Dispatcher (AD), Ammunition Technical Officer/Technician, Artificer, Drummer, Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) (Royal Australian Engineers (RAE), Musician, Parachute Rigger, Piper, and Physical Training Instructor

2502. Trade badges are worn in perpetuity by qualified personnel. Eligibility is determined by trade sponsors. If a member is determined by a trade sponsor to be below the qualifying standard at any time, the right to wear the badge of that trade is forfeited and the badge must be removed on promulgation of forfeiture of trade qualification. 2503. Only one of those badges listed may be worn at one time. Personnel who are eligible to wear more than one badge are to wear the badge of the trade employment to which they are currently posted or, if posted to a non-trade position a choice may be made by the individual as to which badge is worn. Positioning of Trade Qualification Badges 2504. All trade qualification badges are positioned centrally at the top of the right sleeve. On shirts and safari jacket the top centre of the badge backing is positioned 1 cm below the shoulder seam of garments. On jackets the top centre of the badge backing is positioned 2 cm below the shoulder seam. These positions are shown in figure 25-1. 2505. Other ranks wear full size trade badges on white backing, unless a particular badge has a distinctive backing, on Mess Dress White Jacket, positioned as for Service Dress jacket. The wearing of trade badges by officers on Mess Dress and Mess Dress Jacket is optional. If worn, officers are to wear miniature bullion badges on blue backing, purchased by the individual. These badges are positioned as described in chapter 6, Mess Dress. All personnel wear full size badges on appropriate backing on Mess Dress White Shirt with the badges positioned as for khaki polyester shirt. 2506. Trade badges are not worn on sweaters, Disruptive Pattern Combat Uniform, raincoats, overcoats or protective dress. 2507. Large coloured Ammunition Technical Officer and EOD badges are worn on khaki brassards with all forms of dress by qualified personnel rostered for duty and/or serving at an EOD control centre.

25-2

2 cm

1 cm

PTI

a. Service Dress jacket, utility jacket

b. Short sleeved shirt, safari jacket

Figure 25-1 - Positioning Trade Badges

2508. Annexes:

The particular provisions for each badge are detailed in the annexes to this chapter. A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. Air Dispatcher Ammunition Technical Officer/Technician Artificer Drummer Explosive Ordnance Disposal (Royal Australian Engineers) Musician Parachute Rigger Piper Physical Training Instructor

ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 25

AIR DISPATCHER
Description 1. The AD badge depicts elevated and spread wings, with a circlet bearing the letters RACT surrounding the initials AD and surmounted by a crown. The badge is shown in figure 25A-1.

AD

R
Eligibility Wearing the Badge Serial 1 2 3 4 5 Dress Service Dress Shirt Polyester Safari Jacket Utility Jacket

A C

Figure 25A-1 - Air Dispatcher Badge

2. The badge may be worn by a member who has qualified as an air dispatcher Royal Australian Corps of Transport, and has completed the required number of sorties.

3. Table 25A-1 shows the items of dress on which the badge is worn and the type of badge worn on those items of dress. The badge is not worn on any item not listed in the table. Badge Embroidered, in colour on a khaki background. As for serial 1. As for serial 1. As for Serial 1 Badge optional for officers, refer to paragraph 2505. Remarks

Mess Dress and Mess Dress Full size embroidered badge on White Jacket white background (OR), or embroidered bullion badge in miniature (half size) in gold and silver on blue backing (officers). Patrol Blue/White Mess Dress White Shirt Embroidered, in colour on blue or white background. Embroidered, in colour on white background.

6 7

Table 25A-1 - Wearing the Air Dispatcher Badge

ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 25

AMMUNITION TECHNICAL OFFICER/TECHNICIAN

Description 1. The Ammunition Technical Officer/Technician badge depicts a flaming bomb surmounted on a demi wreath of wattle. The badge is shown in figure 25B-1.

Figure 25B-1 - Ammunition Technical Officer/Technician Badge Eligibility 2. The badge may be worn by a member who has qualified as an Ammunition Technical Officer/Technician in accordance with trade sponsor requirements. Wearing the Badge 3. Table 25B-1 shows the items of dress on which the badge is worn and the type of badge worn on those items of dress. The badge is not worn on any item of dress not included in the table. Serial 1 2 3 4 5 Dress Service Dress Shirt Polyester Safari Jacket Utility Jacket Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket Badge Embroidered on khaki background. As for serial 1. As for serial 1. As for Serial 1 Full size embroidered badge on white background (OR), or embroidered bullion badge in miniature (half size) in gold and silver on blue backing (officers). Embroidered on blue or white background. Embroidered on white background. Embroidered on white background. On a khaki brassard Badge optional for officers, refer to paragraph 2505. Remarks

6 7 8

Patrol Blue/White Mess Dress White Shirt Protective Dress and DPCU

Table 25B-1 - Wearing of Ammunition Technical Officer/Technician Badge

ANNEX C TO CHAPTER 25

ARTIFICER
Description 1 The Artificer badge depicts crossed hammer and pincers. The badge is shown in figure 25C-1.

Figure 25C-1 - Artificer Badge Eligibility 2 The badge may be worn by a member who has qualified as an Artificer in accordance with trade sponsor requirements. Wearing the Badge 3 Table 25C-1 shows the items of dress on which the badge is worn and the type of badge worn on those items of dress. The badge is not worn on any item of dress not included in the table. Serial 1 2 3 4 5 Dress Service Dress Shirt Polyester Safari Jacket Utility Jacket Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket Badge Embroidered on khaki background. As for serial 1. As for serial 1. As for Serial 1 Full size embroidered badge on white background (OR), or embroidered bullion badge in miniature (half size) in gold on blue backing (officers). Embroidered gold on blue or white background. Full size embroidered badge on white background. Badge optional for officers, refer to paragraph 2505. Remarks

6 7

Patrol Blue/White Mess Dress White Shirt

Table 25C-1 - Wearing of Artificer Badge

ANNEX D TO CHAPTER 25

DRUMMER
Description 1. The Drummer badge depicts a rope tensioned drum. The badge is shown in figure 25D-1.

Figure 25D-1 - Drummer Badge Eligibility 2. The badge may be worn by a member who has qualified as an Artificer in accordance with trade sponsor requirements. Wearing the Badge 3. Table 25D-1 shows the items of dress on which the badge is worn and the type of badge worn on those items of dress. The badge is not worn on any item of dress not included in the table. Serial 1 2 3 4 5 Dress Service Dress Shirt Polyester Safari Jacket Utility Jacket Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket Badge Embroidered on khaki background. As for serial 1. As for serial 1. As for Serial 1 Full size embroidered badge on white background (OR), or embroidered bullion badge in miniature (half size) in gold and silver on blue backing (officers). Embroidered on blue or white background. Full size embroidered on white background. Embroidered on scarlet/white or green background. Badge optional for officers, refer to paragraph 2505. Remarks

6 7 8

Patrol Blue/White Mess Dress White Shirt Band Ceremonial Dress

Table 25D-1 - Wearing the Drummer Badge

ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 25

EXPLOSIVE ORDNANCE DISPOSAL (ROYAL AUSTRALIAN ENGINEERS)

Description 1. 25E-1. The EOD badge depicts a bomb on a scarlet oval background. The badge is shown in figure

Figure 25E-1 - Explosive Ordnance Disposal (Royal Australian Engineers) Badge Eligibility 2. The badge may be worn by a member who has qualified as an Explosive Ordnance Disposal in accordance with trade sponsor requirements. Wearing the Badge 3. Table 25E-1 shows the items of dress on which the badge is worn and the type of badge worn on those items of dress. The badge is not worn on any item of dress not included in the table. Serial 1 2 3 4 5 Dress Service Dress Shirt Polyester Safari Jacket Utility Jacket Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket Badge Embroidered on scarlet background. As for serial 1. As for serial 1. As for Serial 1 Full size embroidered badge on scarlet background (OR), or embroidered bullion badge in miniature (half size) in gold and silver on blue backing (officers). Embroidered on scarlet background. Embroidered on scarlet background. Embroidered on scarlet background. Badge optional for officers, refer to paragraph 2505. Remarks

6 7 8

Patrol Blue/White Mess Dress White Shirt Protective Dress and DPCU

Table 25E-1 - Wearing of the Explosive Ordnance Disposal (Royal Australian Engineers) Badge

ANNEX F TO CHAPTER 25

MUSICIAN
Description 1. The Musician badge depicts a lyre on oak leaves surmounted by a crown. The badge is shown in figure 25F-1.

Figure 25F-1 - Musicians Badge Eligibility 2. The badge may be worn by a member who has qualified as an Musician ECN 240-2 in accordance with trade sponsor requirements. Wearing the Badge 3. Table 25F-1 shows the items of dress on which the badge is worn and the type of badge worn on those items of dress. The badge is not worn on any item of dress not included in the table. Serial 1 2 3 4 5 Dress Service Dress Shirt Polyester Safari Jacket Utility Jacket Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket Badge Embroidered on khaki background. As for serial 1. As for serial 1. As for Serial 1 Full size embroidered badge on white background (OR), or embroidered bullion badge in miniature (half size) in gold and silver on blue backing (officers). Embroidered on blue/white background. Embroidered on white background. Embroidered on scarlet/blue/white background. Badge optional for officers, refer to paragraph 2505. Remarks

6 7 8

Patrol Blue/White Mess Dress White Shirt Bank Ceremonial Dress

Table 25F-1 - Wearing of Musician Badge

ANNEX G TO CHAPTER 25

PARACHUTE RIGGER
Description 1. The Parachute Rigger badge depicts a parachute surmounted by a boomerang with the word RIGGER and contained in a wattle wreath. The badge is shown in figure 25G-1.

GG

Figure 25G-1 - Parachute Rigger Badge Eligibility 2. The badge may be worn by a member who has qualified as a Parachute Rigger in accordance with trade sponsor requirements. Wearing the Badge 3. Table 25G-1 shows the items of dress on which the badge is worn and the type of badge worn on those items of dress. The badge is not worn on any item of dress not included in the table. Serial 1 2 3 4 5 Dress Service Dress Shirt Polyester Safari Jacket Utility Jacket Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket Badge Embroidered on khaki backing. As for serial 1. As for serial 1. As for Serial 1 Full size embroidered badge on white background (OR), or embroidered bullion badge in miniature (half size) in gold and silver on blue backing (officers). Embroidered on blue/white background. Embroidered on white background. Badge optional for officers, refer to paragraph 2505. Remarks

6 7

Patrol Blue/White Mess Dress White Shirt

Table 25G-1 - Wearing of Parachute Rigger Badge

ANNEX H TO CHAPTER 25

PIPER
Description 1. The Piper badge depicts a set of pipes. The badge is shown in figure 25H-1.

Figure 25H-1 - Piper Badge Eligibility 2. The badge may be worn by a member who has qualified as a Piper in accordance with trade sponsor requirements. Wearing the Badge 3. Table 25H-1 shows the items of dress on which the badge is worn and the type of badge worn on those items of dress. The badge is not worn on any item of dress not included in the table. Serial 1 2 3 4 5 Dress Service Dress Shirt Polyester Safari Jacket Utility Jacket Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket Badge Embroidered on khaki background. As for serial 1. As for serial 1. As for Serial 1 Full size embroidered badge on white background (OR), or embroidered bullion badge in miniature (half size) in gold and silver on blue backing (officers). Embroidered on blue/white background. Embroidered on white background. Embroidered on scarlet/blue/white background. Badge optional for officers, refer to paragraph 2505. Remarks

6 7 8

Patrol Blue/White Mess Dress White Shirt Bank Ceremonial Dress

Table 25H-1 - Wearing of Piper Badge

ANNEX I TO CHAPTER 25

PHYSICAL TRAINING INSTRUCTOR

Description 1. The Physical Training Instructor (PTI) badge depicts the letters PTI surrounded by a wreath. The badge is shown in figure 25I-1.

Figure 25I-1 - Physical Training Instructor Badge Eligibility 2. The badge may be worn by a member who has qualified as a PTI.

Wearing the Badge 3. Table 25I-1 shows the items of dress on which the badge is worn and the type of badge worn on those items of dress. The badge is not worn on any item of dress not included in the table. Serial 1 2 3 4 5 Dress Service Dress Shirt Polyester Safari Jacket Utility Jacket Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket Badge Embroidered on khaki background. As for serial 1. As for serial 1. As for Serial 1 Full size embroidered badge on white background (OR), or embroidered bullion badge in miniature (half size) in gold and silver on blue backing (officers). Embroidered on blue/white background. Embroidered on white background. As per chapter 7 Badge optional for officers, refer to paragraph 2505. Remarks

6 7 8

Patrol Blue/White Mess Dress White Shirt Physical Training Dress

Table 25I-1 - Wearing the Physical Training Instructor Badge

CHAPTER 26

MILITARY SKILLS BADGES

General 2601. The following military skills badges are detailed in the annexes to this chapter: a. b. c. Annexes: A. B. Skill at Arms, Sniper, and Army Top 20. Skill at Arms and Sniper Badge Army Top 20 Badge

ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 26

SKILL AT ARMS AND SNIPER BADGE

Description 1. The Skill at Arms badge is in the form of a pair of crossed rifles as shown in figure 26A-1.

Figure 26A-1 - Skill at Arms Badge Eligibility 2. The Skill at Arms badge is awarded to members who achieve the qualifying standard of shooting proficiency as laid down in current instructions on shooting. Attention is drawn to the provisions for requalification to be eligible to wear the badge in perpetuity. Wearing the Badge 3. Embroidered badges on appropriate background are worn on Service Dress, polyester shirts, safari jackets and utility jackets. 4. Other ranks wear full size military skills badges on white backing, on Mess Dress White Jacket, positioned as for Service Dress jacket. The wearing of military skills badges by officers on Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket is optional. If worn, officers are to wear miniature bullion badges on blue backing, purchased by the individual. These badges are positioned as described in the chapter 6, Mess Dress. All personnel wear full size badges on white backing on Mess Dress White Shirt with the badges positioned as for khaki polyester shirt. 5. tive dress. The badge is not worn on overcoats, raincoats, sweaters or on barracks, combat, field or protec-

Positioning the Badge. 6. On all garments on which the badge is worn it is positioned centrally on the upper left sleeve as shown in figure 26A-2. Refer to chapter 6, Mess Dress, for the positioning of miniature bullion badges worn by officers on Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket.

2 cm

1 cm

6.5 cm 7.5 cm

Figure 26A-2 - Positioning Military Skill Badge

Sniper 7. A person qualified as a sniper is eligible to wear the Skill at Arms badge with the letter S positioned centrally between the barrels of the pair of rifles as shown in figure 26A-3.

Figure 26A-3 - Sniper

8. worn.

The sniper badge is worn in the same manner as the Skill at Arms badge. Only one badge is to be

ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 26

ARMY TOP 20 BADGE

Description 1. ure 26B-1. The Army Top 20 badge depicts a pair of crossed rifles surrounded by a wreath and is shown in fig-

Figure 26B-1 - Army Top 20 Badge Eligibility 2. The Army Top 20 badge may be worn by those members who qualifyas the final 20 competitors at the Champion Shot for the Army competition held annually. The badge shall be awarded retrospectively to the top twenty competitors in the competitions since 1988. The badge is sponsored by the Director of Infantry. Wearing the Badge 3. The badge is worn in place of the Skill at Arms badge and in the same manner as that badge. A member qualified as a sniper who is also qualified for an Army Top 20 badge may choose to wear either the Sniper badge or the Army Top 20 badge but not both. 4. The Army Top 20 badge is worn in perpetuity.

CHAPTER 27

OTHER BADGES AND INSIGNIA

General 2701. There are other badges and insignia which cannot be classified as trade qualification, military skills or emblems of awards. These are: a. b. c. d. e. f. 2702. Annexes: Infantry Combat Badge (ICB), Army Individual Readiness Notification (AIRN) Badge, Army Reserve Lapel Badge, Recruit Instructor Badge (RIB), Retired Member Insignia, and Royal Crown and Cypher Insignia.

The provision for these badges are included in annexes to this chapter. A. B. C. D. E. F. Infantry Combat Badge Army Individual Readiness Notification (AIRN) Badge, Army Reserve Lapel Badge, Recruit Instructor Badge (RIB), Retired Member Insignia, and Royal Crown and Cypher Insignia.

ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 27

INFANTRY COMBAT BADGE

Description 1. The ICB is a bronze badge which consists of a wreath surrounding a bayonet. The badge is dull in appearance and is not to be polished. It is shown in figure 27A-1.

Figure 27A-1 - Infantry Combat Badge Eligibility 2. A member qualified in accordance with the Manual of Personnel Administration, volume 3, chapter 126, is entitled to wear the ICB. Wearing the Badge 3. The full size ICB is worn on all orders of ceremonial dress, general duty and on Mess Dress White shirt. It is worn in miniature form on Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket. Approval has been granted for the wearing of the ICB by entitled members and ex-members of the Australian Army on appropriate occasions when civilian clothing and medals are worn. The badge may be worn on the uniform of other unifomed organisations, subject to the approval of those organisations. 4. The ICB is not worn on sweaters, raincoat, overcoat or Disruptive Pattern Combat Uniform.

Positioning the Badge 5. The badge is worn with the bayonet pointing upwards.

6. The badge is worn on the left breast, placed centrally 1 cm above medal ribbons or medals as shown in figure 27A-2.

1 cm 3 mm

Figure 27A-2 - Wearing Infantry Combat Badge with Ribbons

27A-4 7. If other badges are worn on the left breast, such as aircrew or parachute jump instructor, the ICB is placed 1 cm above the other badge as shown in figure 27A-3.

1 cm

1 cm 3 mm

Figure 27A-3 - Infantry Combat Badge with Aircrew Badge

8. On Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket the miniature form of the badge is worn centrally on the left lapel above miniature medals. Chapter 6 gives details of the positioning of the miniature ICB on Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket. The full size badge is worn on Mes Dress White Shirt and patrol blue and white uniforms.

ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 27

ARMY INDIVIDUAL READINESS NOTIFICATION BADGE

Description 1. The Army Individual Readiness Notification (AIRN) bagde is shown in figure 27B-1 below. The badge is metal and has a bright silver finish. A badge finished in gold is worn by personnel who have achieved five years of continuous readiness.

Figure 27B-1 - Army Individual Readiness Notification Badge Eligibility 2. The AIRN badge is worn by personnel who are recorded as having qualified in readiness requirements in accordance with DI(A) 135-2 - Army Individual Readiness Notice. Wearing of the Army Individaul Readiness Notification Badge 3. The silver badge is worn by personnel qualified on or after 12 December 1997 who have less than five years continuous readiness. The AIRN badge is to be removed when an AIRN report is raised categorising a soldier as not ready. The badge is not worn again until an AIRN report is raised categorising a soldier as ready. 4. five years. 5. The gold badge is worn by soldiers who have been categorised as ready for a continuous period of The AIRN badge is worn with the following orders of dress: a. b. c. d. Ceremonial Parade Dress (Dress Orders 1A, 1B and 1C); Ceremonial Dress (Dress Orders 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D); General Duty Dress (Dress Orders 3A, 3B and 3C); and Mess Dress White Shirt (Dress Order 6C).

6. The badge may be worn on DPCU Barracks Dress (Dress Order 4). The badge is not worn on Mess Dress (Dress Order 6A), Mess Dress White Jacket (Dress order 6B), sweaters, working/protective dress, flying dress, DPCU field dress, overcoat or raincoat. 7. The badge is not worn on civilian clothing and is not to be worn on uniform by retired personnel.

27B-2 Positioning the Army Individual Readiness Notification Badge 8. The AIRN badge is worn above the right breast pocket, below emblems of unit citations and individual commendation badges. The AIRN badge is positioned as shown in Figure 27B-2 below. 9. On DPCU with sloping pockets the badge is worn, centrally to the pocket, in a horizontal position, with the base of the badge in line with the upper corner of the pocket.

1 cm

DENCOF

T H E

A R M Y
A US TR A L A N

T H E

A R M Y
A US TR A L A N

1 cm 1 cm

1 cm

1 cm

1 cm

DENCOF

DENCOF

Figure 27B-1 - Positioning the Army Individual Readiness Notification Badge

ANNEX C TO CHAPTER 27

ARMY RESERVE LAPEL BADGE

Description 1. The Army Reserve lapel badge is a bronze badge featuring the crossed swords and kangaroo emblem with the words Australian Army Reserve. The badge is shown in figure 27C-1.

AU
AR

S T R A LI AN

M Y R E S E RV E

Figure 27C-1 - Army Reserve Lapel Badge Eligibility 2. The badge is issued to Army Reserve personnel who have met the qualifying criteria determined by Assistant Chief of the Defence Force (Reserves) - Army, the badge sponsor. Wearing the Badge 3. The badge is designed to be worn with civilian clothing. It is not to be worn with uniform.

Special Conditions 4. The lapel badge is to be returned on termination of appointment or discharge.

ANNEX D TO CHAPTER 27

RECRUIT INSTRUCTOR BADGE

Description 1. The RIB is a bronze badge consisting of the letters RI surrounded by a wreath over a scroll bearing the title 1 RTB. It is dull in colour and is not to be polished. The badge is shown in figure 27D-1.

1 RT B
Figure 27D-1 - Recruit Instructor Badge Eligibility 2. To be eligible to wear the badge, members must have successfully qualified at the Recruit Instructor Selection course (RISC) as a Corporal or Sergeant and completed a minimum of six months effective service as a recruit instructor. Retrospective approval may be granted to those members who satisfactorily completed a period of not less than twelve months as a recruit instructor at the First Recruit Training Battalion (1RTB) in the rank of Corporal or Sergeant, commencing on or after 1 January 1985. 3. The approving authority for the RIB is the Commandant 1 RTB.

Wearing the Badge 4. The badge is worn on shirts and jackets in general duty and ceremonial dress. The badge is not worn on mess forms of dress. 5. The badge may be worn in perpetuity by entitled personnel.

Positioning the Badge 6. The badge is worn on the lower left corner of the flap of the right breast pocket in the position shown in figure 27D-2.

CURTIS
1 RT B

Figure 27D-2 - Positioning the Recruit Instructor Badge

ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 27

RETIRED MEMBER BADGE

Description 1. The retired member badge is in the shape of the letter R as shown in figure 27E-1.

Figure 27E-1 - Retired Member Badge Eligibility 2. The retired member insignia is worn by officers granted a military rank or title on retirement and by other retired members who have been given authority by the Ceremonial and Protocol Section to wear uniform after retirement when attending military activities and ceremonies. Approval is given following application by members, supported and recommended by the members posted until at the time of discharge/retirement. It is not worn by members of the Inactive Reserve. Wearing the Insignia 3. The insignia is worn by all ranks on both shoulders of uniforms. It is worn on Service Dress, polyester shirts, safari jacket and Mess Dress. Metal Corps/regiment titles or AUSTRALIA titles are not worn with the retired member insignia. 4. Gold insignia are to be worn by: a. retired members of all corps except Royal Australian Armoured Corps (RAAC), Australian Army Aviation Corps (AA Avn) and Royal Australian Army Nursing Corps (RAANC) on uniforms which do not include shoulder cords; and retired members of RAAC, AA Avn and RAAnc on silver shoulder cords

b. 5.

Silver insignia are to be worn by: a. b. retired members of RAAC, AA Avn and RAANC on uniforms which do not include shoulder cords; and retired members of all other corps on gold shoulder cords.

Positioning the Insignia 6. The insignia is worn on the outer end of the shoulder strap or shoulder board with the lower edge of the insignia 5 mm from the outer edge of the shoulder strap or board as shown in figure 27E-2. It is attached by sewing. The insignia is not worn on embroidered rank slides.

27E-2

5 mm

5 mm
5 mm
CENTRE LINE

5 mm

a. Retired Member Insignia on Shoulder Strap b. Retired Member Insignia on Shoulder Board

c. Retired Member Insignia on Shoulder Cord

Figure 27E-2 - Positioning the Retired Member Insignia

ANNEX F TO CHAPTER 27

ROYAL CYPHER AND CROWN INSIGNIA

Description 1. The Royal Cypher and Crown depicts the cypher of Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth the Second, surmounted by a crown as shown in figure 27F-1. The insignia is produced in two sizes.

Figure 27F-1 - Royal Cypher and Crown Eligibility 2. The large insignia is worn by officers holding appointment to the Sovereign, ie Aide-de-damp General, Aide-de-camp, Honorary Aide-de-camp, Equerry, Extra Equerry, Honorary Chaplain, Honorary Physician, Honorary Surgeon, Honorary Dental Surgeon and Honorary Nursing Sister. 3. All appointments remove the insignia on termination of the appointment. Aide-d-camp General and Aide-de-camp are entitled to wear the small insignia after termination of those appointments unless they are officers of the rank of substantive Major General or higher. 4. The insignia is not worn by personnel holding honorary appointments to the Governor-General or State governors. Wearing the Insignia 5. The insignia is worn only with metal rank badges, ie on Service Dress, polyester shirt when worn in ceremonial orders, safari jacket, Mess Dress and patrol blue and white jackets. 6. The insignia in dull silver is worn on patrol blue and patrol white jackets and Mess Dress. The gold insignia is worn on other forms of dress.. Positioning the Insignia 7. The insignia is positioned 5 mm below badges of rank with the base of the insignia 5 mm from the lower edge of the shoulder board or shoulder strap. The position of the insignia is shown in figure 27F-2.

27F-2

5 mm

5 mm
Figure 27F-2 - Positioning the Royal Crown and Cypher On shoulder cords the insignia is positioned as shown in figure 27F-3.

Figure 27F-3 - Positioning the Royal Crown and Cypher Insignia on Shoulder Cords

CHAPTER 28

EMBLEMS OF AWARDS
General 2801. There attached annexes detail the provisions for the following emblems of awards: a. b. c. Annexes: A. B. C. Unit Citations; Chief of the Defence Force (CDF), Chief of the General Staff (CGS) and Two Star General Officer Commendations; and RAN and RAAF Commendations. Unit Citations Chief of the Defence Force (CDF), Chief of the General Staff (CGS) and Two Star General Officer Commendations RAN and RAAF Commendations

ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 28

UNIT CITATIONS
Introduction 1. Unit Citations which are authorised to be worn by members of the Australian Army are: a. Australian Awards: (1) (2) b. Unit Citation for Gallantry. Meritous Unit Citation.

Foreign Awards: (1) (2) (3) United States (US) presidential Unit Citation (Army). US Meritorious Unit Commendation (Army). Vietnamese Cross of Gallantry with Palm Unit Citation Emblem.

Eligibility 2. The conditions for wearing the emblem of unit awards are as follows: a. b. Personnel posted to the unit for the period the citation was awarded wear the emblem at all times with all Orders of Dress. Personnel posted to units or sub-units which have been awarded unit citations wear the emblem of the award on all Orders of Dress for the duration of that posting.

Wearing the Awards 3. Emblems of awards are worn on all orders of ceremonial and general duty on which medals or medal ribbons are worn. In miniature form they are worn on Mess Dress and Mess Dress White jacket. Personnel posted to the unit for the period the citation was awarded may wear the emblem with civilian attire when wearing orders, decorations and medals. 4. Personnel who were members of a unit at the time an Australian unit citation was awarded are entitled to wear the emblem at all times. These personnel also wear a Federation Star device on the emblem to denote that they were members of the unit at the time of the award. Personnel posted to a unit which has been awarded a unit citation wear the emblem only for the duration of their posting. These personnel do not wear the Federation Star device on the emblem. 5. Emblems of unit awards denoting multiple awards are to conform to the custom of the donor country. Emblems awarded by the Government of the United States of America will have affixed centrally upon the ribbon, a bronze oak leaf cluster device(s) signifying multiple award, either being multiple perpetuity award or a combination of perpetuity and posted to additional eligible unit award. There is no device to represent multiple awards of Australian citations.

28A-2 Precedence of Awards 6. The order of precedence for emblems of Australian Citations is Unit Citation for Gallantry then meritous Unit Citation. Foreign awards are worn after Australian awards and are worn in the order of the date awarded except that if two or more awards by one nation are worn, awards are placed in the order of precedence determined by that nation. Existing awards are shown in correct precedence in figure 28A-1.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Figure 28A-1 - Emblems of Awards in Order of precedence (as seen facing the wearer) 7. The emblems shown above are: a. b. c. d. e. Unit Citation for Gallantry (with star to indicate the wearer was present at the action), Meritorious Unit citation, US Presidential Unit Citation, US Meritorious Unit Commendation (Army), and Vietnamese Cross of Gallantry with Palm.

Positioning of Awards 8. Emblems of awards of worn on the right breast, 3 mm above the right breast pocket as shown in figure 28A-2. 9. A maximum of four emblems are worn in a single row. If more emblems are worn, the emblems of the senior awards are to be worn, in order of precedence, on a row above. 10. Where a member is entitled to wear an emblem of a unit award and a medal of an unofficial award, the ribbon of the unofficial award is to be worn 3 mm centrally above the right breast pocket with the unit award on a separate row 3 mm above the top of the medal ribbon of the unofficial award as shown in figure 28A-3. Multiple Citations 11. Personnel awarded the US Meritorious Unit Commendation (Army) for service with both the Australian Army Training Team Vietnam (AATTV) and 1st Battalion the Royal Australian Regiment (1 RAR) wear an oak leaf cluster on their citation. The cluster is also worn on the US Presidential Unit citation by entitled personnel who served with both 3 RAR and D Coy 6 RAR. 12. The cluster is worn horizontally in the centre of the award, with the larger part of the cluster facing to the right.

28A-3

3 mm

DENCOF

Figure 28A-2 - Positioning the Unit Citation Emblem/s

3 mm 3 mm

DENCOF

Figure 28A-3 - Unit Citation Emblem with an Unofficial Award 13. On Mess Dress and Mess Dres White Jacket the miniature from of emblems of unit awards are worn ont eh right lapel, positioned as shown in chapter 6. 14. Unit currently authorised to wear unit awards are: a. b. c. d. 3 RAR - (US Presidential Unit Citation); D Coy, 6 RAR - (US Presidential Unit Citation); 1 RAR (and other members of the 1 RAR Group in 1965/66) - (US Meritorious Unit Commendation (Army)); and 8/9 RAR - (Vietnamese Cross of Gallantry with Palm) (8 RAR award).

ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 28

CHIEF OF THE DEFENCE FORCE, CHIEF OF ARMY AND TWO STAR GENERAL OFFICER COMMENDATIONS
Description 1. CDF Commendation Badge. The commendation badge shown in figure 28B-1 recognises the award of a CDF commendation. It is oval in shape and bears the tri-Service emble. It is gold in colour.

Figure 28B-1 - Chief of the Defence Force Commendation Badge 2. Army Commendation Badge. The commendation badge shown in figure 28-2 recognises the award of a CA or selected Army Two Star General Officer Commendation. It is oval in shape and bears the CA insignia. The badge is produced in three colours - gold, silver and bronze. These colours indicate the level of award which are as follows: a. b. c. gold - CA; silver - Deputy Chief of Army, Land Commander Australia, Commander Support Command Army and Commander Training Command - Army; and bronze - Commander 1 Division and Commander 2 Division.

T H E

A R M Y
A US TR A L A N

Figure 28B-2 - Commendation Badge - Army Eligibility 3. The CDF commendation badge may be worn by recipients of CDF commendations. An Army commendation badge of appropriate colour may be worn by recipients of commendations awarded by any of the officers listed in paragraph 2 above. 4. A commendation badge is not worn by members of a unit which has been awarded a CA Unit Commendation.

28B-2 Wearing the Badge 5. Commendation badges are worn on all general duty and ceremonial orders of dress and Mess Dress White Shirt. Badges are not worn on sweaters, raincoat, overcoat, barracks dress, field dress or protective dress. Miniature badges are worn on Mess Dress and Mess Dress White Jacket as detailed in paragraph 8 of this annex and may be worn on civilian coats and jackets. 6. Only one Army badge is worn, irrespective of the number of commendations awarded to an individual. The badge worn is to be that of the senior commendation awarded. If a member is awarded an Army commendation and a CDF commendation, the emblems of both are worn. Positioning the Badge 7. The badge is worn centrally over the right breast pocket, with the bottom of the badge 1 cm above the upper edge of the pocket flap (as shown in figure 28B-3.b.) If unofficial awards or emblems of unit citations are worn, commendation badges are worn 1 cm above those awards (figures 28B-3.c. and 28B-3.d.)

T H E

A R M Y
A US TR A L A N

T H E

A R M Y
A US TR A L A N

1 cm

DENCOF

DENCOF

a. Single CDF or Army Badge

b. Army Badge with CDF Commendation

T H E

A R M Y
A US TR A L A N

T H E

A R M Y
A US TR A L A N

1 cm
3 mm 3 mm

1 cm
3 mm

DENCOF

DENCOF

c. Wearing the Commendation Badge with Unit Citations

d. Wearing the Commendation Badge with Unit Citations and unofficial award

Figure 28B-3 - Wearing Individual Commendation Badges

ANNEX C TO CHAPTER 28

ROYAL AUSTRALIAN NAVY AND ROYAL AUSTRALIAN AIR FORCE COMMENDATIONS

Description 1. The commendation badge shown in figure 28C-1 recognises the award of a chief of Navy (CN) or Chief of Air Force (CAF) commendation. These badges are oval in shape and bear the respective Service emble. They are is gold in colour.

U
A

ST

RAL

A
N

YA L

NA V

RO

CO

MM E ON NDATI
Figure 28C-1

CO

MM

O ENDATI

Eligibility 2. A CN or CAF commendation badge may be worn by Army members who are recipients of commendations from those officers. Wearing the Badge 3. The conditions for wearing CN or CAF commendation badges are: a. b. 4. irrespective of the number of RAN, Army or RAAF commendations awarded, only one badge may be worn. An Army badge is to take precedence over RAN or RAAF badges; and; Army personnel may wear a single RAN, Army or RAAF badge with a CDF commendation badge.

Badges are worn in same manner as described for Army badge in annex B.

CHAPTER 29

RESERVED

PART 5 HONOURS AND AWARDS

CHAPTER 30

ORDERS, DECORATIONS AND MEDALS

General 3001. Orders, decorations and medals are awarded for gallantry, meritorious service or achievement, operational service, certain non-operational service and long or special service. The chapters in this part detail those aspects of orders, decorations and medals which pertain to dress. 3002. Emblems of citations, individual and unit commendations ae included in chapter 28. 3003. This part generally refers to awards made under the Australian system of honours and awards but does include, where appropriate, awards made under the imperial system as well as awards made by the United Nations and other foreign nations and organisations. 3004. 3005. 3006. 3007. 3008. Definitions 3009. The definition of honours, awards, orders, decorations and medals has never been clear. For example, a person is said to be decorated for gallantry, but the award received is in fact a medal. 3010. The definition given below are applied to all aspects relating to honours and awards in the Army Standing Orders for Dress: a. Bars. A bar is a full width metal device worn on the riband of a decoration or medal awarded for gallantry, bravery, distinguished or conspicuous service to signify an additional award of a decoration or medal. Clasps. A clasp is a full width device worn on the riband of medals which indicates one of the following: (1) (2) (3) c. the geographical area of a campaign; an additional period of qualifying long service; and the date of an award, eg the Champion Shot Medal. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

b.

Decorations. A decoratino is an award, normally in the form of a cross or a star made for gallantry, bravery, distinguished service or conspicuous service. Australian decoratons are VC, CV, SG, SC, DSC, CSC and NSC. Decorations may have an associated medal which is lower in the order of precedence. These are MG, BM, DSM and CSM. On invitations the term decorations is sometimes used with dress instructions to refer to all honours and awards.

30-2 d. Emblems. The term emblem denotes surcharges affixed to ribbons, such as the miniature crosses on the VC and CV ribbons; and the rosettes worn on long service ribbons to signify additional periods of service. In the Imperial system, emblems such as the silver Tudor rose denoting the award of a bar to a gallantry decoration or medal or the 1 and 8 worn on the Africa Star to signify service in particular organisations. Emblems also include the Commendations for Gallantry and Distinguished Service, Commendations for Brave Conduct and in the Imperial system the bronze oak leaf signifying the award of a mention in dispatches. Emblems of Citations. Emblems of unit citations are worn in accordance with chapter 28. Honours and Awards. Collective terms for orders, decorations, medals, commendations and citations awarded to individuals or units. Medals. The term medals includes the badges of the lower classes of orders worn as medals rather than as neck badges or breast stars and medals associated with decorations, for example the AM and the OAM. medals may be divided into the following groups. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) h. medals for gallantry in action or for bravery in peacetime; medals for meritorious service and special service or achievement in peacetime; medals for war service and non-warlike service; medals for long service; and Coronotion, Jubilee or other commemorative medals.

e. f. g.

Official Awards. An official award is one which is instituted by the Sovereign under Letters Patent to accord recognition to individuals or groups of people. Official awards are worn in accordance with the Order of Wearing of Australian Honours and Awards. Except for neck badges, official awards are worn above the left breast. Orders. An order is a group of awards in varying degress of precedence under a single title. The only order int he Australian system is the Order of Australia. The lower classes of orders may be medals. The term order is applied to those insignia or badges which are worn as neck badges or breast stars. Insignia worn with medals are known as medals. Order of Precedence. Honours and awards are worn in accordance with the Order of Wearing Australian Honours and Awards. This list is produced by Government House and shows official awards in order of seniority. Postnominals. Some awards allow recipients to use postnominals after their names. The postnominal is the initials of such an award. Examples are VC, SG, AM, BM. Riband. The term riband is used to denote the silk ribbon from which an order, decoration or medal is suspended or the ribbon-like device which may be incorporated in the actual bage of any order. Ribbon. Ther term ribbon applies to the silk ribbon of an order, decoration or medal when the material is mounted on a brooch affixed to, or sewn on, uniforms.

i.

j.

k. l.

m.

30-3 n. o. Ribbon Bar Emblem. A miniature of an award which is worn on ribbon bars. Unofficial Awards. Unofficial awards are those medals issued by private organisations. These include medals for overseas service, national service and front line service. These are not to be worn on uniform. The exception to this are those medals awarded by civilian societies for bravery in saving life. These may be worn only with Director-General Personal Support and Conditions - Army (DGPSC-A) approval. Warrant. Awarrant is presented with many Australian awards. This warrant includes the citation for the award.

p.

Promotion Within an Order 3011. A person appointed to a higher class of an order, for example from AM to AO, only the insignia of the higher class is worn. The regulations of an order normally require the insignia of the lower class to be returned. A person appointed to a division within an order who already holds an award in another division in the order, for example AM (Military Division) and AO (General Division), can wear both insignia in the correct precedence. Bars to Awards 3012. 3013. A bar ( or additional bar) may be awarded to the holder of the followIng Australian awards: VC, CV, SG, SC, DSC, CSC, NSC, MG, DSM and CSM. In the Imperial system bars may have been awarded to signify additional awards of the following: VC, GC, DSO, RRC, DSC, MC, DFC, DCM, CGM, GM, QGM, DSM, MM, DFM AND BEM 3014. Each bar is signified by a device worn on the riband of the medal and by a minature cross or rosette on the ribbon of the medal. The original award of the VC, GC, CV, SC and BM includes a miniature replica of the medal for wearing on the ribbon. Additional emblems are worn on the ribbons of those awards to signify additional awards. Awards for which a Medal is not Awarded 3015. The awards listed below are represented by an emblem which is issued in two sizes - the large emblem worn on a riband of appropriate colour with medals, and a small emblem worn on a ribbon of appropriate colour with ribbons of other awards. These awards are: a. b. c. Commendation for Gallantry, Commendation for Brave Conduct, and Commendation for Distinguished Service.

3016. Subsequent awards are recognised by a warrant describing the subsequent action. Additional emblems are not awarded or worn. Unofficial Awards 3017. The following unofficial medals may be worn on uniform, subject to Army Headquarters (DGPSC-A) approval: a. b. Royal Humane Society Medals, Royal Humane Society of Australasia,

30-4 c. d. e. f. 3018. Royal Humane Society of New South Wales, Royal National Lifeboat Institution, Order of St John of Jerusalem Life Saving Medal, and Florence Nightingale Medal.

Approved awards are worn on the right breast.

3019. No other unofficial medals and awards are authorised to be worn on the uniform, or on civilian attire, at any time whilst representing the Australian Defence Force. Foreign Awards 3020. The policies for accepting and wearing of foreign awards are detailed in chapter 33.

Order of Precedence 3021. Honours and awards are worn in order of precedence as detailed in the Order of Wearing Australian Honours and Awards. This Order is published in the Commonweatth Gazette of Australia No S208, dated Monday, 17 June 1996 which is reproduced in annex A to this chapter. Annex: A. Order of Wearing Australian Honours and Awards

ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 30

ORDER OF WEARING AUSTRALIAN HONOURS AND AWARDS

1. Shown below is the current table of the order of precedence for honours and awards as published in the Commonwealth Gazette of Australia No S208, Monday, 17 June 1996. 2. Honours and Awards listed in the Schedule in BOLD print are: a. b. c. d. 3. those within the Australian System of Honours and Awards; those conferred by The Sovereign in the exercise of the Royal Prerogative; those within the Order of St John, having been conferred by the Sovereign on the recommendation of the Governor-General; and foreign honours and awards. VC GC CV
KG/LO

The order of precedence is as follows: VICTORIA CROSS George Cross CROSS OF VALOUR KNIGHT/LADY OF THE GARTER KNIGHT/LADY OF THE THISTLE Knight/Dame Grand Cross of the Order of the Bath ORDER OF MERIT *KNIGHT/DAME OF THE ORDER OF AUSTRALIA Knight/Dame Grand Cross of the Order of St Micahel and St George KNIGHT/DAME GRAND CROSS OF THE ROYAL VICTORIAN ORDER Knight/Dame Grand Cross of the Order of the British Empire COMPANION OF THE ORDER OF AUSTRALIA Companion of Honour Knight/Dame Commander of the Order of the Bath Knight/Dame Commander of the Order of St Michael and St George KNIGHT/DAME COMMANDER OF THE ROYAL VICTORIA ORDER Knight/Dame Commander of the Order of the British Empire Knight Bachelor OFFICER OF THE ORDER OF AUSTRALIA Companion of the Order of the Bath Companion of the Order of St Micheal and St George COMMANDER OF THE ROYAL VICTORIAN ORDER Commander of the Order of the British Empire STAR OF GALLANTRY STAR OF COURAGE Companion of the Distinguished Service Order DISTINGUISHED SERVICE CROSS MEMBER OF THE ORDER OF AUSTRALIA LIEUTENANT OF THE ROYAL VICTORIAN ORDER Officer of the Order of the British Empire Companion of the Imperial Service Order

KT/LT GCB OM
AK/AD

GCMG GCVO GBE AC CH KCB/DCB KCMG/DCMG KCVO/DCVO KBE/DBE KB AO CB CMG CVO CBE SG SC DSO DSC AM LVO OBE ISO

30A-2 MEMBER OF THE ROYAL VICTORIAN ORDER Member of the Order of the British Empire CONSPICUOUS SERVICE CROSS NURSING SERVICE CROSS Royal Red Cross (1st Class) Distinguished Service Cross Military Cross Distringuished Flying Cross Air Force Cross Royal Red Cross (2nd Class) MEDAL FOR GALLANTRY BRAVERY MEDAL DISTINGUISHED SERVICE MEDAL PUBLIC SERVICE MEDAL AUSTRALIAN POLICE MEDAL AUSTRALIAN FIRE SERVICE MEDAL MEDAL OF THE ORDER OF AUSTRALIA ORDER OF ST JOHN Distinguished Conduct Medal Conspicuous Gallantry medal George Medal CONSPICUOUS SERVICE MEDAL ANTARCTIC MEDAL Queens Police Medal for Gallantry Queens Fire Service Medal for Gallantry Distinguished Service Medal Military Medal Distinguished Flying Medal Air Force Medal Queens Gallantry Medal ROYAL VICTORIAN MEDAL British Empire Medal Queens Police Medal for Distinguished Service Queens Fire Service Medal for Distinguished Service COMMENDATION FOR GALLANTRY COMMENDATION FOR BRAVE CONDUCT Queens Commendation for Brave Conduct COMMENDATION FOR DISTINGUISHED SERVICE WAR MEDALS/AUSTRALIAN ACTIVE SERVICE MEDAL 1945-75/ AUSTRALIAN ACTIVE SERVICE MEDAL (in order of date of qualifying service) (Note 1) AUSTRALIAN SERVICE MEDAL 1945-1975/AUSTRALIAN SERVICE MEDAL/RHODESIA MEDAL (in order of date of qualifying service) POLICE OVERSEAS SERVICE MEDAL CIVILIAN SERVICE MEDAL 1935-1945 Polar Medal Imperial Service Medal CORONATION AND JUBILEE MEDALS (in order of date of receipt) DEFENCE FORCE SERVICE MEDAL RESERVE FORCE DECORATION RFD MVO MBE CSC NSC RRC DSC MC DFC AFC ARRC MG BM DSM PSM APM AFSM OAM DCM CGM GM CSM QPM QFSM DSM MM DFM AFM QGM RVM BEM QPM QFSM

30A-3 RESERVE FORCE MEDAL NATIONAL MEDAL CHAMPION SHOTS MEDAL LONG SERVICE MEDALS (includes Imperial efficiency and long service awards) Independence and Anniversary Medals (in order of date of receipt) FOREIGN AWARDS (in order of date of authorisation of their acceptance and wearing) (Note 2) *Provision for further awards at this level with the Order of Australia was removed by The Queen on 3 March 1986 on the advice of the Prime Minister. Notes: 1. 2. 3. The AASM 1945-75 is worn after all World War II medals and before all post-world War II service medals. These awards may be worn only when the Sovereigns permission has been given. The methods of wearing Commendation for Gallantry, Commendation for Brave Conduct, Commendation for Distinguished Service, Mentioned in Dispatches, and Sovereigns Commendations are detailed in chapter 31.

CHAPTER 31

WEARING OF ORDERS, DECORATIONS AND MEDALS

General 3101. This chapter describes the policies relating to the wearing of honours and awards.

Imperial System of Honours and Awards 3102. The Australian system of honours and awards is much more simple than the Imperial system which it replaced. There is only one order in the Australian system (the Order of Australia). Description of those aspects relating to the wearing of Imperial orders is included in annex A to this chapter.

WEARING OF ORDERS, DECORATIONS AND MEDALS WITH UNIFORM

Wearing Neck Badges 3103. Neck badges are worn with ceremonial orders of dress and with Mess Dress.

3104. With Service dress the bade is worn with the miniature riband under the shirt collar and the top of the badge placed just below the necktie knot. 3105. With Patrol Blues and Patrol Whites the badge is suspended by the miniature riband which is worn inside the collar so that the top of the badge is positioned 2 cm below the lower edge of the collar. 3106. With Mess Dress the badge is suspended by the miniature riband so that the top of the badge is positioned 2 cm below the bow tie. 3107. With open neck shirt of safari suit jacket the badge is suspended from the miniature riband so that the riband lies under the collar and the top of the badge is positioned 2 cm below the highest secured button. 3108. Neck badges are worn as shown in figure 31-1. If more than one neck badge is worn these are worn as shown in annex A, figure 31A-2.

31-2

a. Service Dress

b. Patrol Blue/White Jacket

c. Mess Dress

d. Shirt, Safari Jacket

Figure 31-1 - Method of Wearing Neck Badges

Wearing of Medals 3109. Medals, suspended from their ribands, are worn on the left breast in one horizontal line, with the highest in the order of precedence nearest the centre of the chest. Medals awarded by a society for bravery in saving human life, when authorised to be worn, are worn on the right breast, similarly to those on the left and on the same horizontal line. All medals are worn obverse outwards, ie with the head of the Sovereign or principal design showing. 3110. The ribands are to be suspended from a bar which, when worn, is to be concealed. The bar should be of the brooch type, with the pin inserted through the garment and positioned cnetrally above the left breast pocket without projecting outward beyond the shoulder or inward byeond the opening of the coat, jacket or shirt. 3111. The medal bar is worn in the same position as the top row of detschable ribbons or, if medal ribbons are sewn on the garment, immediately above the top row of medal ribbons. When medals are worn with garmets on which medal ribbons are sewn, care must be taken to ensure the ribbons are completely covered. If necessary, a piece of uniform fabric can be attached bo the medal bar.

31-3 3112. A member carrying a guidon, colour or banner, or wearing a drum majors sash is to attach medals to the guidon, colour, banner belt or drum majors sash so that they are positioned over the left breast and above any heraldry displayed on the belt. 3113. 3114. 3115. The methods of attaching medals to a bar and court mounting are described in chapter 32. Reserved. Reserved.

Wearing of Campaign/War Medals 3116. awarded. Campaign/War medals are worn in the order of the date of the campaign for which they were

3117. The order of wearing of the General Service medal (GSM) (1918-1962), Korea Medal and United Nations Service Medal (Korea) will vary dependant upon the dates of participation in the relevant campaigns. 3118. The GSM 1962 and the Vietnam Medal are to be worn according to the date of award. Campaign clasps awarded to the AASM, ASM and GSM 1962 are worn in order of the date of award, the first awarded being worn in the lowest position 3119. United Nations Service Medals (with the exception of Korea 1950) and the Vietnamese Campaign Medal are classed as foreign awards and as such are worn after all Australian awards and Imperial awards issued as Australian awards. These medals are worn in order of date of award. 3120. The method of wearing the attached embel on the Vietnamese Campaign Medal is shown at annex B to chapter 32. 3121. 3122. 3123. 3124. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

Miniature Medals and Ribands 3125. Miniature medals and ribans are to be worn on the mess jacket so that the lower edge of the medals is 1 cm above the left collar badge. If no collar badge is worn, the medals are to be positioned so that the lower edge is 17 cm below the junction of the collar and the forward edge of the shoulder strap. 3126. When miniatures are worn, the senior neck badge or the neck badge most appropriate to the occasion and up to four breast badges or stars may be worn. The miniature of a neck badge should be mounted in order of precedence, in conjunction with other honours and awards. A single miniature should not be worn when wearing the related full size insignia. 3127. Miniatures are mounted on a single horizontal line and extend over the left breast towards the shoulder but not beyond the shoulder seam, nor beyond the inner edge of the left lapel. The medals do not overlap unless the number worn precludes compliance with this provision. The distnace from the top of the riband to the lower edge of the medal is to be 5cm. 3128. Miniature medals may be court mounted in the same manner as normal size medals (see chapter 32, figure 32-2). Miniature medals do not ovelap unless the number worn requires it.

31-4 3129. Miniatures are provided at public expense for the initial issie of awards made under the Australian system. Miniatures are not provided at public expense for Imperial awards or foreign awards. Bars, Clasps and Emblems Worn on Decorations and Medals 3130. Bars. Bars are awarded to signify additional awards of the following:

VC, CV, SG, SC, DSC, CSC, NSC, MG, BM, DSM AND CSM. Imperial awards for gallantry and distinguished service also have bars awarded to signify additional awards. 3131. Clasps. Clasps are devices worn on medal ribands to signify theatres of operation for service medals, dates of award of medals such as the Champion Shot medal or additional periods of service following the initial qualifying period for long service awards. 3132. Emblems. Emblems are devices attached to ribands and ribbons. The commendations for gallantry, brave conduct and distinguished service are worn on riband of appropriate colour and worn with medals. In the imperial system the oak leaf emblem is worn on ribands to signify mention in Dispatches, Queens Commendation for Brave Conduct and Queens Commendation for Valuable Service in the Air. 3133. The method of mounting bars, clasps and emblems on ribands is detailed in chapter 32.

Wearing of Ribbons or Orders, Decorations and Medals 3134. When ribbons are worn apart from the orders, decorations and medals themselves, a ribbon is worn for each medal. The ribbon of the Order of Australia (38 mm wide) is worn for the AC, AO and AM, with a narrower ribbon (32 mm) worn for the OAM. The correct method of mounting order of Australia ribbon on a ribbon bar is shown in annex A to chapter 32. 3135. The vertical width of ribon bars, and the vertical width of ribbon sewn on garments, is to be 10 mm. This is shown in figure 31-2.

10 mm
Figure 31-2

3136. The ribbons may be either sewn on, or pinned to the garment by means of a detachable brooch/bar. The ribbons are to be arranged in one or more rows as required, without either gaps or overlapping, in order of precedence as for medals, staring at the inside end of the top or only row. The bottom edge of the first row is to be 3 mm above the top line of the breast pocket. The rows are to be 3 mm apart. On the maternity uniform the bottom of the lower row of ribbons is to be 20 cm below the top centre of the shoulder. 3137. Medal ribbons are to be presented as follows: a. Bottom Row. The bottom row is to be completed first. It is to contain not more than four ribbons (both male and female). If there are fewer than four the ribbon bar is placed centally over the pocket. If there are more than four a second row is begun. Second Row. The second row is to contain four ribbons if eight or more ribbons are worn. If there are fewer than four ribbions in the second row the ribbon bar is placed centrally over the bottom row.

b.

31-5 c. Third and Succeeding Rows. Any further rows are to be placed centrally between the left and right edges of the lower rows. The rows are not to project under the lapel and are to be placed centrally between the edge of the lapel and the left-hand edge of the lower rows.

3138. When a new award is made, the recipient is entitled to wear the appropriate ribbon as soon as the award is promulgated, irrespective of the date of investiture or the date the medal is received. 3139. Flying badges and the parachute jump instructor badge are worn with medals and ribbons as detailed in chapter 23. The infantry combat badge is worn as detailed in chapter 27. 3140. 3141. 3142. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

Clasps, Emblems and Devices Worn on Ribbons 3143. A miniature emblem of the VC, CV, SC and BM is worn on the ribbons of those awards. Further awards are indicated by additional miniature emblems worn on the ribbon. Additional awards of SG, SDC, MG, DSM, NSC, CSC and CSM are denoted by a miniature ribbon bar emblem for each of those awards worn on the ribbon. A ribbon bar emblem is worn for each additional award. 3144. Miniature emblems of the Commendation for Gallantry, Commendation for brave Conduct and Commendation for Distinguished Service are worn on a ribbon of appropriate colour when ribbons are worn. This ribbon is placed in the same order of precedence as for medals. 3145. Rosettes of appropriate design are worn on the ribbons of DFSM, RFD, RFM and National Medal to denote additional qualifying periods of service after the original service for qualification for the medal. 3146. In the Imperial system a miniature oak leaf device is worn either on the ribbon of a medal representing the campaign for which the award was made or, if a medal is not awarded, the device is worn on a ribbon size piece of material of the same colour as the uniform being worn. Silver rosettes are worn on ribbons of certain Imperial medals to denote clasps or bars to the medals. They are not worn on medal ribands. 3147. Numeral clasps for United Nations Medals are worn on the ribbon only; they are not worn on the medal riband. The numerical clasps for the Multinational Force and Obsaervers (MFO) medal are worn on both the ribbon and the medal riband. 3148. The method of mounting emblems on ribbons is detailed in chapter 32.

Emblems of Unit Awards 3149. The wearing of emblems of unit citations is described in chapter 28.

Wearing of Unofficial Awards 3150. Authorised unofficial awards are worn on the right side in the same relative position as official awards worn on the left side. When ribbons are worn, the ribbons of authorised unofficial awards are worn on the right side. Order of St John of Jerusalem - Silver Cross 3151. When the ribbon of the Order of St John of Jerusalem is worn, either in uniform or in civilian clothes, a small silver Maltese Cross is worn on the ribbon.

31-6 Wearing of Orders, Decorations and Medals by Next of Kin 3152. A person in the immediate family of a deceased recipient of a decoration or medal may wear the insignia awarded to that member, on occasions specifically designated for military commemoration. The medals or ribbons of the medals are to be worn on the right breast and only when the person is in civilian clothes; they are not permitted to be worn on uniform under any circumstances. 3153. 3154. 3155. 3156. 3157. 3158. 3159. 3160. 3161. 3162. 3163. 3164. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

WEARING OF ORDERS, DECORATIONS AND MEDALS WITH CIVILIAN CLOTHES

General 3165. The word Decorations on the invitation card is the intimation from the host that the entertainment is an official one and that decorations should be worn. Wearing Decorations with Evening Dress and Dinner Jacket 3166. When it is desired that decorations be worn with Evening Dress or Dinner Jacket invitations will state either Evening Dress - Decorations (for full evening dress) or Dinner Jacket - Decorations. When Evening Dress - Decorations is prescribed those not in possession of full Evening Dress may wear Dinner Jacket, with decorations, etc. With Dinner Jacket - Decorations, it is permissible to wear either a stiff evening collar or a soft collar. 3167. The occasions on which the insignia of orders, miniatures of orders, decorations and medals are worn with Evening Dress or Dinner jacket are; a. b. at parties and dinners when any member of the Royal Family is present. Guests may expect to be informed if any such member will be present; at functions given in embassies or residences or ambassadors and ministers, unless otherwise notified by the ambassador or minister concerned (a decoration of the country concerned should be worn in preference to a British one, and if both are worn, the former should take precedence over ther latter);

31-7 c. d. e. at evening parties given by or in the presence of a representative of the Soverign, when within their sphere of jurisdiction. at official dinners and receptions, including Service dinners, and public dinners where the host intimates that Decorations should be worn; and on official occasions when the hosts are; (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) 3168. a. b. c. d. 3169. Cabinet Ministers, Ex-Cabinet Ministers, Knights of the Order of the Garter, Knights of the Order of the Thistle, Knights of the Order of St Patrick, Great Officers of State and of the Sovereigns Household, or Lord Mayors and Mayors.

With Evening Dress, Decorations the following may be worn; broad riband, up to four stars, not more than one neck badge (senior neck badge or the most appropriate to the occasion), and miniature medals.

With Dinner Jacket, Decorations the following only are worn: a. b. c. not more than one star, not more than one neck badge (senior neck badge or th most appropriate to the occasion), and miniature medals.

3170. annex A.

The method of wearing more than one breast star or more than one neck badge is described in

Wearing Decorations with Morning Dress 3171. Orders, decorations and medals may be worn with Morning Dres on special official public functions, memorial service, etc. In each case the host of the function or service should intimate whether the wearing of decorations is appropriate. With Morning Dress the following may be worn: a. b. c. up to four Breast Badges or Stars, not more than on neck badge (senior neck badge or the most appropriate to the occasion), and full size medals.

31-8 Wearing Decorations with Lounge Suit 3172. With Lounge suit, full size orders, decorations and medals may be worn at appropriate daytime functions. At evening functions for which Lounge Suit is specified the minatures of orders, decorations and medals may be worn. In addition one neck badge may be worn. It is not customary to wear Breast Badges, or Broad Ribands and Badges with Lounge Suit. Female Members 3173. Females in civilian dress may wear the orders, decorations and medals to which they are entitled under the same conditions as for men. The manner of wearing the insignia of orders, decorations and medals is the same as for males except that Dames of Orders do not wear neck badges, but wear th badge over the left breast instead. 3174. Females receive awards in the Order of Australia as medals or neck badges, not mounted on bows. They are to wear these decorations as medals or neck badges with uniform. A kit is available from Government House (Honours Secretariat) to mount awards on bows for wear with civilian dress. Summary of the Requirements for Wearing Insignia with Civilian Dress 3175. Table 31-1 provides a summary of the requirements for wearing insignia with civilian dress. Dress Medals Neck Badges/Bow (2) Day Dress Lounge Suit Day Dress - Ladies Morning Suit Formal Day Dress Ladies Full Size Full Size (1) Full Size Full Size (1) Yes Yes Yes Yes Evening Dress Lounge Suit Short Dress Dinner Suit (3) Short/Long Dress Evening Dress (4) Long Dress Miniature Miniature Miniature Miniature Miniature Miniature Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes None None 1 only 1 only Up to 4 stars Up to 4 stars None None Up to 4 stars Up to 4 stars Breast Stars

Table 31-1 - Summary of the Requirements for Wearing Insignia with Civilian Dress Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. Ladies may wear miniatures if the material or style of dress makes the wearing the full size medals inappropriate. Ladies may wear insignia on a bow rather than as a nech badge. Black tie. White tie.

31-9 Positioning of Decorations 3176. Medals, and miniatures are worn on civilian clothing with the top of the riband positioned midway between the top of the shoulder and the jacket breast pocket. Females are to wear the medals, or miniatures, in a similar position, depending on the style of the dress. The positioning of decorations is shown in figures 31-3 and 31-4.

Figure 31-3 - Positioning Medals on Dinner Suit

Figure 31-4 - Positioning Medals on Lounge Suit

Annex:

A.

Imperial System of Honours and Awards

ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 31

IMPERIAL SYSTEM OF HONOURS AND AWARDS

General 1. This annex contains details relating to the wearing of honours and awards of the Imperial system. This information is included separately because it is a complex system and awards are no longer made to Australians under the system, but is included for complete reference. Seniority of Orders 2. The order of precedence for Imperial awards is contained in annex A to chapter 30. Awards under the Imperial system are shown in lower case. 3. The precedence shown in annex A to chapter 30 for orders applies to orders of similar grades. when the miniature or riband of a higher grade of a junior order is worn with that of a lower grade of a senior order the higher grade minature or riband should come first, eg the miniature or riband of a KBE will come before a CB and a GCMG before a KCB. The ribands of orders, when the riband alone is worn, will be of the width of the ribands of the membership of the order. If there is no membership class the riband will be of the riband of the companionship of the order. Wearing Insignia of Orders 4. The insignia of the various orders are worn as follows: a. First Class of an Order. Knights of the Garter, Thistle and St Patrick and Knights and Dames Grand Cross and Grand Commander wear a broad riband with the badge attached. They wear the collar when ordered. Second Class of an Order. Knight and Dame Commander wear a star. A neck decoration, ie badge suspended on narrower riband is normally worn around the neck. Third Class of an Order. Companion and Commander wear a neck badge. The badges of Companions of the Distinguished Service Order and Imperial Service Order are worn as medals only.

b. c.

5.

Dames of orders do not wear neck badges. They wear a badge over the left breast.

Wearing the Broad Riband 6. The broad riband of Knights of the Garter and Thistle is worn over the left shoulder and the bow from which the badge is suspended rests on the right hip. The broad riband of other orders is worn over the right shoulder with the bow on the left hip. 7. With Mess Dress, the broad riband is worn under the mess jacket and over the waistcoat. It is worn over the gown by females. 8. With ceremonial orders of dress, the broad riband passes under the shoulder strap.

Wearing Collars or Orders 9. The collar of an order is worn instead of the broad riband on certain special occasions as ordered, with ceremonial orders of dress only. The collar is worn under the shoulder straps hanging on equal distance back and front, with the badge suspended below the front centre.

31A-2 Wearing Combined Orders 10. The holder of more than one first class order, when wearing the collar of one order, also wears the broad riband of the next order in sequence. Only one collar may be worn. Wearing Stars of Orders 11. Stars of Orders are worn on the left side. When only one star is worn, it should be in the centre line of the breast pocket with the upper point not less than 2.5 cm below the lip of the pocket or in the corresponding position on garments without a breast pocket. 12. When two stars are worn, the second star is placed directly below the first, with its upper point not less than 2.5 cm below the lower point of the star above. 13. When three stars are worn, the second and third stars are normally worn below the first, in horizontal line, with the second towards the wearers right but, if in this position the stars interfere with the broad riband, the first and second stars may be worn in line with the senior star to the right, and with the third star beneath. 14. When four stars are worn, the first is worn above, the second and third in line below, with the senior star to the right, and the fourth below again, in vertical line with the first. The maximum number of stars which can be worn is four. 15. The positioning of stars is shown in figure 31A-1. 1 2 2 1 3 2 4 Two Orders Three Orders Four Orders 1 3

Figure 31A-1 - Positioning of Breast Stars (as seen when facing the wearer) Wearing Neck Badges 16. The maximum number of neck badges which are worn is three for ceremonial orders and one with Mess Dress. 17. With Service dress the senior or only badge is worn with the miniature riband under the shirt ocllar and the top of the badge placed just below the necktie knot. The next senior badge is suspended form the miniature riband and is worn with the riband emerging 2 cm below the top coat button as shown in figure 31A-1. If a third badge is worn the miniature riband is to emerge below the second button with the top of the badge 2 cm below the button as shown in figure 31A-2. 18. With Patrol Blues and Patorl Whites the most senior badge is suspended by the miniature riband which is worn inside the collar so that the top of the badge is positioned 2 cm below the lower edge of the collar. Any other badges are worn so that the miniature riband emerges below the top and second button respectively with the top of the badge placed 2 cm below the button (see figure 31A-2). 19. With Mess Dress the badge is suspended by the miniature riband so that the top of the badge is positioned 2 cm below the bow tie. Neck badges are only worn with Mess Dress in accordance with paragraph 3106, and only one neck badge is to be worn. 20. With open neck shirt or safari suit jacket only one neck badge is to be worn, the badge being suspended from the miniature riband so that the riband lies under the collar and the top of the badge is positioned 2 cm below the highest secured button (see figures 31A-3).

31A-3 21. Officers who have been awarded the insignia of the second class of an order, (Knight Commander), are to wear the neck badge as well as the star.

Figure 31A-2 - Wearing Neck Badges on Uniform

Wearing Stars of Orders and Neck Badges with Mess Dress 22. Stars of orders and neck badges are to be worn with Mess Dress as follows: a. b. c. d. in Army messes when a member of the Royal Family or a representative of the Sovereign is present, at those non-Service functions listed in annex Ato chapter 2 where the host has intimated that Service members should wear Mess Dress, at Army balls, and at Army dinners when ordered.

Wearing the Insignia of Knights Bachelor 23. The insignia of a Knight Bachelor should be worn in the following manner: a. With Uniform. The badge from the miniature width riband should be worn round the neck in the manner described in paragraphs 3103 to 3107. Alternatively, the Knight Bachelors badge should be affixed to the left side of the coat.

31A-4 b. With Evening Dress. (Either tail coat or dinner jacket.) The badge suspended from the miniature width riband is worn round the neck under the collar and hanging close up below the tie. Alternatively, the badge may be worn as a Star of an Order on the left side of the coat. At the same time, provided that the holder of the badge is in possession of one or more other orders, decorations or medals, it is permissable to wear the miniature of the badge of a Knight Bachelor with miniatures. With Morning Dress or Lounge Suit. On suitable occasions, at the discretion of the holder, the badge suspended from the miniature width riband is worn round the neck under the collar. the badge should hang 2 cm below the tie knot in front of the tie. Alternatively, the badge may be worn as a Star of an Order on the left side of the coat.

c.

Order of the British Empire, British Empire Medal 24. Appointments to, or promotions in, the Order of the British Empire and awards of the British Empire Medal (BEM) are so described. A holder of the BEM, if subsequently appointed to the Order, continues to wear the ribbon of the medal and also wears the ribbon of the Order. Medal Ribbons 25. When ribbons are worn apart from the orders, decorations and medals themselves, a ribbon is worn for each medal, except the Garter, Thistle and St Patrick. The ribbon is the same for all classes of an order.

CHAPTER 32

MAINTENANCE OF AWARDS
General 3201. Orders, decorations and medals are to be kept clean and in good repair. Ribbons worn with insignia or on ribbon bars is to be clean and not frayed or worn. protective covering is not to be used over ribbon bars. Attached devised are to be securely fastened. Security 3202. A member is to ensure that all orders, decorations and medals received by them are secure when not in use. Care is to be taken to prevent awards falling into the possession of unauthorised persons. Awards sent by post are to be registered. 3203. A member who illegally disposes of an order, decoration or medal is liable to prosecution.

Replacement of Medals 3204. Detail regarding the replacement of a decoration or medal is contained in Defence Instruction (Army) (DI(A)) PERS 97-6-Replacement of Decorations, Medals and Badges. Medals and Ribands 3205. The total length of both medal and riband is 9.5 cm and when two or more medals are worn the lowest points of the medals are to be in line. (See figures 32-1 and 32-2.) 3206. Medal ribands may be rearranged on receipt of new awards and before investiture or receipt of the medal. In this case the riband of the new award is to be worn in the appropriate order of precedence. Mounting of Orders, Decorations and Medals 3207. Medals are suspended from a medal bar. Bars are available in widths suitable for one, two, three, four and five medals. When there are more than five medals they are to overlap sufficiently to allow the number of medals to be evenly spaced on the five medal suspension (approximately 16 cm) with the highest in the order or precedence fully displayed. the method of mounting medals on the medal bar is shown in figure 32-1.

9.5 cm

Figure 32-1 - Method of Mounting Medals to a Medal Bar

32-2 3208. Court Mounting. Medals may be court mounted at the option and expense of the individual, unless court mounting is ordered for the performance of a members duties. The method of court mounting medals (full size and miniature) is shown in figure 31-2. Court mounting more than five medals is shown in figure 32-3.

9.5 cm (5 cm)

7.5 cm (4 cm)

Limit of riband

Figure 32-2 - Method of Court Mounting Medals (Full Size and Miniature Size) (Measurements for miniature size shown in brackets)

16 cm

Figure 32-3 -Court Mounting of More Than Five Normal Size Medals (see paragraph 3128 regarding miniatures) 3209. 3210. 3211. 3212. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

32-3 Wearing Commendation for Gallantry, Commendation for Brave Conduct and Commendation for Distinguished Conduct 3213. Commendation for Gallantry. The Commendation for Gallantry is worn on a full length orange riband. The full size emblem is positioned horizontally on the riband with the centre of the emblem 19 mm from the bottom of the riband. This position is in line with the centre of medals. When worn with miniature medals the miniature device is worn in the same manner on miniature riband, with the emblem being in line with the centre of other miniature medals. The ribbon bar device is worn horizontally in a central position on an orange ribbon. 3214. Commendation for Brave Conduct. The emblem denoting Commendation for Brave Conduct is a gold gilt spring if mimosa. It is worn on a blood-red riband 9.5 cm long. The emblem is positioned centrally on the riband with the centre of the emblem 19 mm from the bottom of the riband. The emblem is positioned with the sprig pointing toward the left shoulder at an angle of 45o. When worn with miniature medals the miniature device is worn in the same manner on miniature riband, with the emblem being in line with the centre of other miniature medals. The ribbon bar device is worn horizontally in a central position on a blood-red ribbon with the top of the device pointing to the left. 3215. Commendation for Distinguished Service. The Commendation for Distinguished Service is worn on a full length ochre-red riband. The full size emblem is positioned horizontally on the riband with the centre of the emblem 19 mm from the bottom of the riband. This position is in line with the centre of medals. when worn with miniature medals the miniature device is worn in the same manner on miniature riband, with the emblem being in line with the centre of other miniature medals. The ribbon bar device is worn horizontally in a central position on an ochre-red ribbon. 3216. Precedence is to be in accordance with annex A to chapter 30. 3217. The method of mounting these emblems on ribands and ribbons is shown in figure 32-4. A commendation emblem mounted with other medals is shown in figure 32-3.

9.5 cm

19 mm

Commendation for Gallantry

Commendation for Brave Conduct

Figure 32-4

Commendation for Distinguished Service

32-4 3218. 3219. Reserved. Reserved.

Wearing Mentioned in Dispatched and Sovereigns Commendations 3220. Emblems denoting mentioned in dispatched or Sovereigns commendations are the single bronze oak leaf and are worn as follows: a. The large size emblem is worn only when a medal and is to be affixed to the centre of the riband at an angle of 1050 mils (60o) from the inside edged of the riband with the tip of the leaf pointing towards the left shoulder. An emblem is worn for each award made. The small emblem worn on ribbons is to be affixed horizontally across the ribbon, with the tip of the leaf nearest to the left shoulder. Only one small emblem is worn irrespective of the number of awards. The miniature emblem is to be worn on the medal riband when a miniature of the medal is worn, affixed as for the large size emblem. Only one miniature is worn irrespective of the number of awards. The emblem is worn on the War Medal, 1939-45 (if awarded during World War II) General Service Medal or Campaign medal pertaining to the campaign during which the award was earned. If no medal was awarded and medals are worn the emblem is to be worn on a riband of cloth the same colour as the Service Dress. If no medal was awarded and ribbons are worn the emblem is to be worn on a ribbon of cloth the same colour as the garment to which the ribbons are attached. Precendence is to be in accordance with annex A to chapter 30.

b.

c.

d.

Figure 32-5 Positioning Oak Leaf Emblem on Riband and Ribbon

3221.

Method of wearing the oak leaf emblem is shown in figure 32-5.

32-5 3222. Reserved.

Bars to Awards 3223. Bars are awarded to signify additional awards of decorations and medals for gallantry, bravery, distinguished service and conspicuous service. Bars are worn horizontally on the riband with the first placed centrally on the riband. Second and subsequent bars are spaced evenly on the riband. This is shown in figure 32-6.

Figure 32-6 Positioning of Bars on Ribands

3224. 3225.

Miniature bars are positioned in the same manner on miniature decorations and medals. On medal ribbons the medal bar emblems are positioned as follows: a. b. First bar - ribbon bar emblem placed centrally on the ribbon bar. Second and subsequent bars - ribbon bar emblems are placed equidistant from each other and from the extremities of the ribbon.

Note: A ribbon bar emblem is worn for the first award of VC, CV, SG and BM with additional ribbon bar emblems worn for subsequent awards spaced as described above. Clasps to Service Medals and Champion Shot Medal 3226. Clasps detailing areas of operations are worn on the AASM, ASM 45-75 and ASM. The clasps are worn horizontally on the riband with the lowest edge of the first clasp positioned 3 mm above the bottom of the riband. Subsequent clasps are worn in order of receipt with 1 mm between clasps. 3227. Miniature clasps are placed on miniature medals in the same sequence with the first clasp 1.5 mm above the bottom of the riband and 0.5 mm between clasps. 3228. manner. The clasps indicating the date of award of the Champion Shot Medal are worn in the same

32-6 3229. 3230. 3231. 3232. 3233. The positioning of clasps is shown in figure 32-7. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

1 mm 3 mm

Figure 32-7 Positioning Clasps on Australian Active Service Medal, Australian Service Medal and Champion Shot Medal 3234. Reserved.

Clasps to Defence Force Service Medal 3235. Clasps worn on the DFSM and RFM are silver in finish; gilt clasps are worn on the RFD. Clasps on all medals are mounted as described below and shown in figure 32-8. a. Full size medal: (1) (2) first clasp - positioned with the bottom of the centrepiece 3 mm above the lowest edge of the riband, and second and subsequent clasps - added progressively above the first with 1 mm separation between the centrepiece of each clasp and the one above.

32-7

1 mm 3 mm

Figure 32-8 Positioning of Clasps on Defence Force Service Medal, Reserve Force Decoration and Reserve Force Medal b. Miniature medal: (1) (2) c. first clasp - positioned with the bottom of the centrepiece 1.5 mm above the lowest edge of the riband, and second and subsequent clasps added progressively above the first with 0.5 mm separation between the centrepiece of each clasp and the one above.

Ribbon bar - DFSM. Circular silver rosettes are used on ribbon bars to signify clasps awarded to the DFSM. These are positioned as described below and shown in figure 32-9. (1) (2) (3) (4) first clasp - the rosette is positioned in the centre of the ribbon bar; second clasp - the rosettes are positioned centrally on the gold portions of the ribbon; third clasp - the third rosette is positioned centrally on the ribbon, between the first two rosettes; and fourth and subsequent clasps - the rosettes are positioned equidistant from each other and from the extremities of the ribbon.

32-8

Figure 32-9 Positioning of Rosettes on Defence Force Service Medal

d.

Ribbon bar - RFD AND RFM. Gilt or silver oval rosettes are used on the RFD and RFM respectively to signify clasps awarded to these medals. Rosettes are worn with the longer axis in the vertical and are positioned on the ribbons of both medals as described below and shown in figure 32-10: (1) (2) first clasp - the rosette is positioned in the centre of the ribbon bar, and second and subsequent clasps - the rosettes are positioned equidistant from each other and from the extremities of the ribbon.

Figure 32-10 Positioning of Rosettes on Reserve Force Service Decoration and Reserve Force Medal Clasps to National Medal 3236. Clasps to the National Medal are mounted as described below and shown in figure 32-11; a. Full size medal: (1) (2) b. first clasp - positioned with the bottom of the clasp 12 mm above the lowest edge of the riband, and second clasp - positioned with the bottom of the clasp 12 mm above the first clasp.

Miniature medal: (1) first clasp - positioned with the bottom of the clasp 6 mm above the lowest edge of the riband, and

32-9 (2) c. second clasp - positioned with the bottom of the clasp 6 mm above the first clasp. Ribbon bar: (1) (2) first clasp - the medal ribbon emblem is positioned in the centre of the ribbon bar, and second and subsequent clasps - the medal ribbon emblems are positioned equidistant from each other and from the extremities of the ribbon

12 mm 12 mm

Figure 32-11 Positioning of Clasps on National Medal 3237. The positioning of clasps on Defence Force Service awards is shown in figure 32-11.

Order of Australia - Method of Mounting Ribbon on Ribbon Bar 3238. Because of the irregularity of the patter of the ribbon of the Order of Australia, a particular portion of the ribbon is to be used when mounting it on a ribbon bar. This is illustrated in the diagram at annex A. Annex: A. B. Order of Australia - Method of Mounting Ribbon on Ribbon Bar Vietnamese Campaign Medal - Clasp and Emblem

ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 32

ORDER OF AUSTRALIA - METHOD OF MOUNTING RIBBON ON RIBBON BAR

THIS PORTION USED FOR RIBBON BAR

PATTERN

ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 32

VIETNAMESE CAMPAIGN MEDAL - CLASP AND EMBLEM

1. A Service Ribbon Attachment Clasp is worn with the Vietnamese Campaign Medal and a Service Ribbon Attachment Emblem is worn when the ribbon is worn. The Clasp and the Emblem are to be affixed by sewing or pinning as appropriate so that they are placed centrally on the riband or ribbon with the straight sides parallel to the vertical stripes as shown in figure 32B-1.

a. Clasp

b. Emblem

Figure 32B-1 - Positioning Clasp and Emblem on the Vietnamese Campaign Medal

CHAPTER 33

FOREIGN AWARDS
General 3301. Foreign awards are those made by a foreign government or organisations such as the United Nations. Foreign orders, decorations and medals are not to be accepted or worn unless the permission of the Sovereign has first been obtained. Permission to accept and wear foreign awards is to be sought through Army Headquarters Director-General Personal Support and Conditions - Army. Documentary evidence is required. Permission, if granted, will be qualified as either unrestricted or restricted. 3302. Current guidelines for the acceptance and wearing of foreign awards require a formal approach by the foreign government to the Australian government, however these guidelines are currently under review. Restricted/Unrestricted Approval 3303. Unrestricted permission allows the recipient to wear foreign insignia on all occasions when orders, decorations and medals are worn. 3304. Under the grant of restricted permission by the Sovereign for the acceptance or wearing of a foreign order, the conditions of wearing the order, decoration or medal or its miniature will be as specified. Permission usually includes wearing on some or all of the following occasions: a. b. c. d. e. f. in the presence of the Sovereign or head of State of the country to which the order, decoration or medal belongs; in the presence of any member of the Royal Family of the country concerned; at the residence of any ambassador, minister or consular officer of that country in Australia; when attached to, or when officially meeting, any officer of the armed services or official deputation of that country; at an Army official or semi-official ceremony held exclusively in connection with that country, such as a memorial service, unveiling of a monument or opening an institution; and on all offical occasions while in that country.

Wearing of Foreign Awards 3305. When a foreign award is worn on the occasions mentioned in paragraph 3304, it should be given precedence over any Australian order or decoration usually worn. Otherwise all foreign awards are worn after all Australian awards, in the sequence of date of award. 3306. Stars of foreign orders are to be worn on the right or left breast, according to the regulations laid down by the Sovereign or Head of State by whom they are conferred. 3307. Foreign medals, other than war medals, are governed, by the same rules as foreign decorations. A foreign war medal, or its ribbon or miniature, the wearing of which has been approved by the Sovereign, is to be worn with all orders of dress in the same way as British or Australian medals but placed last in precedence. When worn with other foreign medals, it is worn in the order of the date of award.

33-2 3308. Ribbons of foreign orders, decorations and medals, when worn without their insignia, are to be the plain ribbons of the orders, decorations and medals. If the foreign order includes an emblem or a rosette on the ribbon of the badge of the insignia, the emblem will also be worn on the ribbon in the manner customary in the country concerned. The ribbon of a foreign order, decoration or medal will be that of the grade or class which most closely conforms in width to that of a British medal ribbon, provided that a ribbon of a higher grade or class to that awarded is not worn. Wearing of Foreign Awards Earned while a Member of a Foreign Service. 3309. Approval may be given for a person enlisting in the Australian Army to wear medals earned while a member of a foreign service. The basic criteria for approval are that: a. b. c. such medals were earned during operations which are supported by the Australian government; were not earned while serving with enemy forces; and awards have equivalent Australian awards, for example long service awards should have similar qualifying periods.

CHAPTER 34

RESERVED

CHAPTER 35

RESERVED

PART 6 UNIT COLOUR PATCHES

CHAPTER 36

UNIT COLOUR PATCH SYSTEM

OUTLINE HISTORY
Original 1915-49 Pattern Patches 3601. Colour patches were worn on uniform by the Australian Army in the period 1915-49 through two world wars and the periods of peace between and after. In their shape and colour combinations they are believed to be a uniquely Australian innovation. 3602. Whilst the majority of units within divisions wore patches unique to each unit, outside divisions many patches were worn collectively by units of the same corps within the same higher formation or by non-corps units commanded by a higher headquarters. In this sense, the 1915-49 colour patches were not truly unit colour patches. 3603. The wearing of the 1915-49 colour patches was reintroduced in 1987 primarily on the basis of fostering the Armys heritage, through unit lineage and similarity of roles to units of 1915-49 which had approved colour patches. Those patches authorised since 1987 are, with the exception of some divisional troops units, specifically unit colour patches, being unique to each unit authorised to wear one. 3604. The record of the Army colour patch system employed in the period 1915-49 is The Army Colour Patch Register 1915-49 (ACPR). This was issued by Assistant Chief of the General Staff - Materiel in 1993 down to and including brigade headquarters and equivalent level, to head of Corps (HOC) and Army school level. The Register contains copies of all authorities for colour patches issued in the period 1915-49. It is the authoritative base for granting of entitlements for the wearing of Series I colour patches. Introduction of New Patches 3605. The nature of the order of battle in the early 1990s was such that only about 25 per cent of units, regular and reserve, had lineage and similarity of role to 1915-49 units and were able to claim those patches. At the same time only a relatively small number of units had unique unit badges by which to be identified. 3606. Because of these circumstances, the number of units unsucessfully seeking approval for colour patches and the apparent need for a system of unit identification particularly in case of expansion, a second series of colour patches was designed. These would complement the 1915-49 series to provide every unit of the Army with its own unit colour patch regardless of the size of the order of battle. The Chief of the General Staff Advisory Committee approved the concept in 1994 and introduction was effecte din 1995. 3607. 3608. 3609. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

36-2 The Two Series of Unit Colour Patches 3610. Two series of Unit Colour patches (UCP) are approved for the Australian Army: a. Series I are the patches of units of the 1st AIF and the whole Army from 1921 to 1949. These are worn by units which have established their lineage and similarity of role to those earlier units. A small number of these patches have been used as a base for Series II patches for organisational reasons, others as a basis of completing pattern gaps to provide continuing heritage; these patches are referred to as Series I (Extended). Series II, introduced in 1995, is based largely on the colour combinations of Series I which indicated headquarters, corps and some functions. These are arranged as square base patches identifying Headquarters Australian Defence Force (Air Commander), Army Headquarters and the functional command headquarters (all five hereinafter referred to as Headquarters), as well as all HOC staff. Smaller overlayed shapes in various colours identify uniquely non-corps units under command of those headquarters, and corps units repectively. These patches are worn by units which have not established lineage and similarity of role for a Series I patch.

b.

CONCEPT OF THE UNIT COLOUR PATCH SYSTEM

General 3611. The concept of the unit colour patch system is based on the following themes: a. The heritage for the Australian Army in maintaining and developing the colour patch system introduced and worn by the 1st AIF in World War I and the whole Army from 1921, through World War II to 1949. The origins of the colours used for the Series II base patches are given in annex A. The importance of the identification of each unit of the Army (headquarters, unit and independent minor unit commanded by a field-grade officer) for unit morale as well as control purposes. The capability of the Series I system including logical but limited extensions, with Series II to provide for a major expansion in the event of a defence emergency. This theme acknowledges the precedent of Australian Army strength and the numbe rof divisions raised in World War II from a population of seven million.

b.

c.

3612. Unit colour patches identify units; for corps units the colours used with their geometrical arrangement will also identify corps. However, they do not replace corps or regimental badges which give corps identity to individuals in non-corps units and to elements or individuals of other corps within corps units. Series I Colour Patches 3613. Defunct Grouping Indication. Series I colour patches for light horse (and later armoured) and infantry units were conceived on the basis of identifying, as well as the unit, its tactical grouping ie brigade and division. With territorial locations of the CMF between the wars, and changes in organisation and relatively frequent regrouping during the earlier years of World War II, it proved impracticable generally to continue to identify such grouping. Thus unit identity became the enduring feature of the colour patches of light horse/armoured and infantry units. This experience has been applied to the design of the Series II system which, with the Series I system as it is now applied, does not show grouping.

36-3 3614. Divisional Troops Patches. In the case of divisional troops units which wore one colour patch for each arm or Service within each division, their Series I colour patches are not unique in current application, being worn for example by Royal Australian Artillery (RAA) units with Headquarters Divisional Royal Australian Artillery and each regiment of the original divisional artillery wearing the same patch regardless of location in Australia. This emphasises the heritage aspect of the Series I RAA colour patch as worn in World War I. 3615. Generic Patches. Further emphasis on heritage has been placed by the authorisation of Series I branch or generic-type patches, such as a number of RAA 1945 pattern, for wear by the first-approved unit only. Series II Colour Patches 3616. Series II patches, as indicated in paragraph 3610.b. identify the specified Headquarters and the HOC staff by distinctively coloured square base patches. The spectrum of twenty different colours applied through sixty different superimposed shapes gives a capability to identify up to 1200 non-corps units under each specified headquarters and one thousand in each corps. For design specifications see annex B. 3617. The sixty smaller superimposed shapes are to be progressively applied, in each colour nominated by the specified Headquarters or HOC, where necessary in up to the twenty different colours. The shapes are not intended to coincideby sequential shape number with unit number. This would be impossible in any case for units numbered above 60. The shapes in sequence are selected on whatever basis is deemed appropriate by the Headquarters and HOC, seniority being one criteria which might be applied, for initial allocation only. 3618. Series II patches are not intended to indicate grouping, which is subject to unfoeseeable change. The use of headquarters base patches superimposed with the smaller patches to identify non-corps units is an appropriate expedient for this type of unit, which is least likely to be allotted to another command. 3619. Reserved.

PRINCIPLES OF THE SYSTEM

Experience Base 3620. The APCR reflects, in part 1 sections 1 - History and General Description and section 7 Anomalies in the Colour Patch System, the experience of the development and administration of the Series I colour patch system. 3621. The experience has formed the basis for the principles which are applied for the development and the administration of the total colour patch system - Series I and its extensions, and Series II. Principles 3622. Unit Identity. With the exception of units authorised Series I patches worn originally by divisional troops, each colour patche is to be unique to a unit, unit being defined as a headquarters, unit and independent minor unit commanded by a field-grade officer. 3623. Identification of Units for Series I Patches. The priority in selecting a colour patch for a unit on raising is an appropriate Series I patch, subject to relevance of lineage and similarity of role, before allocation of a Series II patch. In seeking an identity for a unit about to be raised, Headquarters, for non-corps units, and HOC for corps units, are advised to consult the ACPR part 2, Index in order to identify possible Series I units with which lineage and role could be related. In this way the units sense of heritage will be developed from raising, and later application to change a Series II for an appropriate Series I patch avoided.

36-4 3624. Heritage within Series I Patches. In the selection of a Series I patch for authorisation, with a choice between, for example a World War I and World War II patch for the same infantry battalion, the older patch should be sought because of its heritage value. In some cases, however, the first unit of a particular type may have been raised only for World War II service and been authorised a 2nd AIF patch. 3625. 2nd AIF Grey Background Patches. Series I colour patches were authorised during World War Ii for 2nd AIF brigade headquarters and infantry battalions identical to those of some militia infantry brigade headquarters and battalions except for the 2nd AIF grey background. Except as provided for in paragraph 3624, 2nd AIF grey background patches are not to be authorised. In particular: a. Series I infantry brigade headquarters colour patches for HQs 16, 17 and 18 Bdes when raised are to be authorised the patches of those headquarters in 6 Aust Div 1st AIF (ACPR part 2 section 2 - HQS 0084, HQS 0086 and HQS 0088). More junior brigade headquarters, on raising, are to be authorised colour patches following the Series II patterns as depicted in chapter 39 - Expansion Base; and in the unlikely event of a third AIF being raised, its units are to be authorised either Series I patches as indicated in paragraphs 3623 and 3624, or as provided for in chapter 38 - Register of Approved UCP.

b.

3626. Changes in Series II Patches - Corps Units. Units are to retain the originally approved patch regardless of change in role or seniority within the corps. 3627. Identifying Funcitons in Series II Non-Corps Patches. The following superimposed colours are to be applied to identify particular functions in: a. all Non-Corps units: White - Intermediate headquarters Mid-Green - Training units other than Trg Comd establishments Dark Grey - Miscellaneous units Land Comd units: Mid-blue - BASB, Log Bns Dark Grey - Operational support units Log Comd units: Black - Log Gps, Bns, Coys Gold - P&EE Scarlet - Area support units Trg Comd units: CSC colours - RMC less CSC Dark green - Non-Corps training establishments Scarlet - Recruit training units Mid-Brown - Training Groups Corps colours - Corps schools Mid-Blue - University Regiments ADF units: Gold - Defence Centres Mid-Green - Training establishments Light Brown - Recruiting Units Dark Grey - Operational units

b.

c.

d.

e.

Variations to and developments of these identifying colours may be required with major reorganisations.

36-5 3628. Changes in Series II Patches - Non-Corps units. Changes from one roll to another role represented by a different superimposed colour will necessitate a change in colour patch to conform to the new role. The colour patch from the previous role is to be reserved for allocation to the next unit raised with that role regardless of the initial basis of allocation (eg seniority). 3629. Change of Corps and Non-corps Status. Units allocated to another corps, or from corps to non-corps or non-corps to corps status are to be authorised the appropriate change in Series I or II colour patch. 3630. Linking and Unlinking of Units. Following the precedent established in World War I, units on linking are to wear the colour patch of the unit first-named in the linking. The colour patch of the second-named unit is to be reserved for reauthorisation on unliking of those units. 3631. Amalgamation. On amalgamation, the identity to be established by unit colour patch is that of the newly-named unit. The principles addressed in paragrapsh 3623 and 3624 should be followed in seeking colour ptach authorisation. 3632. Disbanding. On disbanding, a units colour patch should normally be reserved in case of its re-raising, in order to retain the lineage and enhance the heritage value. This principle applies equally to series I and Series II patches, with Series II patches developing heritage value when worn by the one unit over a period of years. Annexes: A. B. C. Design Specifications and Classification of Series I and Series I Extended Unit Colour Patches Design Specifications and Classification of Series II Unit Colour Patches Colour Spectrum for Unit Colour Patches.

ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 36

DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS AND CLASSIFICATION OF SERIES I AND SERIES I EXTENDED UNIT COLOUR PATCH
General 1. This annex provides the basic design concepts of the Series I system. Full details of dimensions are held by Director-General Personal Support and Conditions - Army (DGPSC-A). The method of classification of Series I and Series I Extended UCP is also described in this annex. Series I Design Concept 2. Series I are the original UCP worn by units of the 1st and 2nd AIF. They are now worn by units who can claim lineage and similarity in role to those original AIF units. 3. The dimensions of Series I UCP have been standardised to retain proportional parity with the Series II 40 mm square format. The grey border of the 2nd AIF patches, when used, is included within the external dimensions. 4. Series I UCP have been traditionally made of felt, however for standardisation of manufacture and colour they are to be embroidered, using colours of the Series II Spectrum. 5. Series I Extended are patches which were not actually used by the 1st or 2nd AIF, but use the Series I shapes and follow the logic of that series. Classification of Series I Unit Colour Patches 6. Series I UCP are classified by a four digit number, commencing with 0 to signify Series I. This is preceded by a three character code to identify Corps/headquarters. This is the classification system used in the Colour Patch Register 1915-1949. The classifications of the currently allocated UCP are given in chapter 38. 7. Base shape type identification is by shape number prefixed by S1. The shape number is followed by A for 1st AIF UCP or B for 2nd AIF (grey border). Classification of Series I Extended Unit Colour Patches 8. Series I Extended UCP are classified by a four digit number, commencing with 1 to signify Series I Extended. This is preceded by a three character code to identify Corps/headquarters. The classifications of the currently allocated UCP are given in chapter 38. Basic shape type identification is by a shape number prefixed by S1x. Overlays used on Series I Extended UCP are those used in Series II and are referred to in the same manner. For example S1x-8-1 is a patch of base shape 8 with overlay 2. Appendix: 1. Series I Unit Colour Patches Base Shape Types

APPENDIX 1 TO ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 36

SERIES 1 UNIT COLOUR PATCHES BASE PATCH TYPE

1.

Series 1 UCP base patch types are shown in the following figures.

ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 36

DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS AND CLASSIFICATION OF SERIES II UNIT COLOUR PATCHES

General 1. This annex provides the basic design concepts of the Series II system. Full details of dimensions are held by DGPSC-A. The method of classification of Series II UCP is also described in this annex. Series II Design Concept 2. The basic concept of the Series II system is the use of a base patch to identify Corps/headquarters with a series of overlay shapes added to identify individual units. This base patch is a standard 40 mm square shape. The fifteen base shape types are shown in appendix 1. The sixty overlay types are shown in appendix 2. The significance of the colours used in the base patches is explained in appendix 3. Classification of Series II Unit Colour Patches 3. Series II UCP are classified by a four digit number, commencing with 2 to signify Series II. This is preceded by a three character code to identify Corps/headquarters. The classifications of the currently allocated UCP are given in chapter 38. 4. The Series II UCP patch designs are also identified. The base shape is identified by the letter shown with each type in appendix 1. A base patch used alone is identified by the letter only. A patch with an overlay is identified by the base type letter followed by the number of the overlay shape shown in appendix 2. For example, a type B patch with the third overlay shape is described as B3. Appendixes: 1. 2. 3. Series II Unit Colour Patches Corps/Headquarters Base Shape Types Series II Unit Colour Patches Overlay Types Significance of Base Colour Patch Colours

APPENDIX 1 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 36

SERIES II UNIT COLOUR PATCHES CORPS/HEADQUARTERS BASE PATCH TYPES

1.

Series II Corps/headquarters base patch types are shown in the following figures.

APPENDIX 2 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 36

SERIES II UNIT COLOUR PATCHES OVERLAY TYPES

1.

Series II overlay types are shown in the following figures.

36B2-2 SERIES II OVERLAY TYPES

10

11

12

13

14

15

36B2-3

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

36B2-4

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

36B2-5

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

APPENDIX 3 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 36

SIGNIFICANCE OF BASE COLOUR PATCH COLOURS

1.

CSC

RMC blazer and tie colours, origin 1929 and 1932 respectively. Note that the scarlet and dark blue triangle worn behind the RMC badge is not the CSC or RMC colour patch; it is the colour patch of the World War I Australian Heavy Trench Mortar Battery. RAAC vehicle sign. Series I colours. Series I colour. RA Sigs armband colours, also used in Series I from 1922 superimposed on the RAE purple patch. Shoulder title colours. Note that RA Inf have a significant number of battalion colour patches which are unlikely to be allocated short of a major war. Aust Flying Corps (AFC) colours, from the Series AFC patch; preferred by AA Avn. Shoulder title colours. Colours of the World War II Series I patch. RACT vehicle sign. Base colour of shoulder title - dull cherry, chocolate border from Series I patch. Series I colour - burnt orange. Series I colours. Series I colours (1945). Series I colours (1945). Colours of AAPRS lanyard. Series I colours (1945). Series I colours. Series I colours (1945). Series I colours (1945). Series I colours (1945). Corps colours. Mess Dress colours.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23.

RAAC RAA RAE RA Sigs RA Inf AA Avn Aust Int RAAChD RACT RAAMC RAADC RAAOC RAEME RAAEC AAPRS AACC RAAPC AALC RACMP AA Psych AABC RAANC

36B3-2 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. AHQ LHQ Log Cmd Trg Comd ADF RAN RAAF AHQ Series I colours. Black from corps and divisional headquarters patches; scarlet from force headquarters patches. Command logo colours. AHQ school Series 1 patch colours. Joint Service colours. RAN uniform colours. RAAF colour patch colours.

ANNEX C TO CHAPTER 36

COLOUR SPECTRUM FOR UNIT COLOUR PATCHES

Colour White Light Blue Mid Blue Dark Blue Light Green Mid Green Dark Green Scarlet/Red Dull Cherry Maroon Yellow Gold Orange Burnt Orange Light Brown Mid Brown Dark Brown (Chocolate) Purple Light Grey Dark Grey Black Madiera Code 1001 1132 1177 1166 1248 1251 1250 1037 1384 1385 1223 1137 1278 1221 1084 1057 1058 1112 1012 1041 1000

CHAPTER 37

ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES
General 3701. This chapter provided details on administrative aspects of the Unit Colour Patches (UCP) system. It includes details on both Series I and Series II systems. Entitlement 3702. Entitlement to UCP is determined by Army Headquarters (Director-General Personal Support and Conditions - Army (DGPSC-A)) in accordance with the guidelines and definitions contained in chapter 36. UCP allocation is taken in response to either a unit application (Series I) or establishment variation (Series I and II). 3703. All personnel, other than recruits, initial employment trainees and officer cadets (with the exception of Corps of Staff Cadets which is authorised its own corps patch), are to wear unit colour patches. The specific applications fore wearing are as follows: a. All personnel on the posted strength of a unit are to wear that units UCP while so posted. That UCP is to be removed when reposted from that unit. The exceptions to this order are personnel posted to Long Term Student, MNRE and PSD (Army) for which there are no UCP; these personnel are to continue to wear their previous units UCP. The unit UCP is to be retained throughout all periods of detachment (except as provided for in subparagraph c.), eg: courses, hospitalisation, temporary detachment for duty, overseas exchange exercies, overseas visits. Personnel posted against one units Single Entitlement Document (SED) but permanently detached for duty to another unit, eg: Australian Army Legal Corps officers on Director of Army Legal Services SED but permanently outposted to one or other Defence Centres (Army Component), ae to wear the UCP of the unit to which so detached. As indicated initially in this paragraph, recruits, initial employment trainees and officer cadets (other than CSC) will not wear UCP; their first UCP will be awarded on posting to a unit. Head of Corps (HOC) and their staff are to wear their corps base-UCP notwithstanding location within another headquarters with its own UCP, eg: Director of Music - Army within Army Headquarters. Further to chapter 2 paragraph 206, an honorary colonel, colonel commandant or regimental colonel of a corps or regiment, when wearing the uniform of their honorary appointment, may wear the UCP of the HOC or regiment as appropriate on the puggaree of the hat KFF. Alternatively, such officers, if wearing the badges of rank and other insignia of the rank held on the Active List, Inactive Reserve or of the military rank or title granted on retirment, may wear on the hat KFF the UCP of the unit last served with on the Active List.

b.

c.

d. e.

f.

Authorisation 3704. The issue of an Army Organisation Instruction raising a unit is the authority for DGPSC-A to determine the appropriate UCP, whether Series I or II, in consultation with the Headquarters (for non-corps units) or HOC (for corps units) concerned. Once determined, the detail of the UCP is to be promulgated by DGPSC-A direct to the Headquarters or HOC as appropriate and through the chain of command to the newly-raised unit. The UCP register shown in chapter 38 will be amended periodically to reflect such authorisations.

37-2 3705. In consideration of whether a Series I or II UCP is appropriate, DGPSC-A and the Headquarters or HOC will be guided by the Army Colour Patch Register (ACPR), which lists by headquarters, corps and miscellaneous categories all UCP authorised between 1915 and 1949. DGPSC-A may be able to assist HOC with some lineage reference material. However, in general terms it will be the responsibility of Headquarters or HOC to present the case for authorisation of a Series I UCP. The Procedure for submissions for Series I UCP is dealt with later in this chapter. Substantial evidence will be required to show that: a. b. there exists clear and direct lineage from a unit which had an approved colour patch in the period 1915-49; the colour patch was unique to that unit, except for divisional troops units which shared a common colour patch between the divisional troops headquarters and the limited number of units of that corps; and the role of the new unit is consistent with that of the unit whose colour patch is claimed.

c.

With the significance of the heritage aspect of the Series I UCP in mind, Headquarters and HOC should give due consideration, subject to similarity of role, to the title of a unit about to be raised. From this aspect alone, there is much of unit morale value to be gained by giving a new unit the link by title to a unit the achievements of which, particularly in war, would be of particular inspiration. 3706. The following organisation changes will require a change in UCP and will involve consultation between DGPSC-A and the Headquarters or HOC concerned before anew authorisation is issued. a. A change in corps allocation, a change from corps to non-corps unit allocation, from non-corps to corps allocation or change of a non-corps unit from under command of one Headquarters (as detailed in chapter 36, paragraph 3610.b.) to another. A significant change in role for non-corps units, eg from a logistic battalion to a base area support centre. It will be noted that non-corps functional command units are broadly role-identified by use of different coloured overlays to distinguish roles. This was effected in order to identify and enhance the esprit de corps of similarly roled units. Corps units however are not separately identified by role. Amalgamation of units. For linking of units, however, see paragraph 3707.

b.

c.

3707. When an Army Organisation Instruction promulgates the linking of units, the UCP of the first-named unit in the linking is to be worn by the linked unit. This will be the only UCP worn. DGPSC-A will issue a revised authorisation to reflect the linking, amending chapter 38 to identify the UCP of the newly-linkied unit. Reserved will be notated against the UCP title of the unit second-named in the linking, to maintain identification in case of later de-linking. 3708. When an Army Organisation Instruction promulgates the disbandment of a unit, DGPSC-A will issue the cancellation of the UCP and amend chapter 38 to show Reserved against the UCP title of the disganded unit. This will facilitate identification i the event of the re-raising of the unit. Submission for Series I Unit Colour Patch 3709. Submissions by Headquarters or HOC for Series I UCP for newly-raised units should be based on thorough research, commencing with the ACPR. Other sources include unit and corps histories and historians, the Official Histories of the Army in the two world wars, and documents such as ORBAT statements, war diaries and their indexes, general, military and army routine orders held by the Australian War Memorial. The Memorials Research Centre is open from Tuesdays to Fridays 0900-1630 and Saturdays 1300-1700 hours; the telephone number is (06) 243 4211.

37-3 3710. A submission for a Series I UCP is to contain the following: a. b. c. The title of the new unit for which the UCP is required. The role of the new unit, taken from its SED. The title of the original unit, the colour patch of which is claimed, giving reference also to the index number from part 2 to the ACPR, as well as the original authority detail contained in both part 2 and part 3. The role of the original unit, which in most cases will have to be extrapolated from the other sources outlined in paragraph 3709. A rationalisation of any minor differences in roles where necessary. Copies of authoritative documents which prove conclusively the lineage of the newly-raised unit to the original unit. A supporting statement from the commanding officer of the newly-raised unit regarding the units wish to be authorised to wear the colour patch of the original unit. A statement, where relevant, from the honorary colonel, colonel commandant or regimental colonel supporting the proposed authorisation. The recommendation of, or on behalf of, the senior officer of the Headquarters concerned for non-corps units, and by the HOC for corps units.

d. e. f. g. h. i.

3711. Submissions are to be presented using the pro forma at annex A, which incorporates the requirements given in paragraph 3710. 3712. Some guidelines in identifying appropriate original colour patches are as follows; cases under these guidelines should be canvassed with DGPSC-A before a submission is commenced. a. b. In cases of original units having different patches in the period 1915-49, the older, usually having greater heritage value, is to be claimed, unles significant justification can be offered. In cases of some corps in which original patches reflected particular roles but not specific units, eg: some Royal Australian Artillery (RAA) patterns from 1922 onwards, some RAASC and Royal Australian Army Medical Corps patterns of World War II, consideration may be given to authorising one unit only to wear one of such patches, in order to preserve the heritage of that patch. An example is 131 Div Loc Bty authorised to wear the colour patch of Svy Btys (ACPR part 2. section 4, ATY 0057). In these exceptional cases, proof of direct lineage can only be to a unit which wore the original role-related patch, and establishing the role relationship is particularly important.

3713. 3714. 3715.

Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

37-4 Patterns 3716. Patterns for all Series I and Series II UCP currently authorised are given in annex B to chapter 36. The following guidelines relate to their availability and capability for development to meet the requirements of significant increases in ORBAT: a. Series I. The availability of Series I colour patches relates to the total number of patches in the various shape and colour combinations originally authorised, and of these, those which have relevance by role and lineage to current units and units which may be raised in the future. Some may never be used. A sub-series of Series I (Series I (Extended)) has been developed however to meet particular current organisational circumstances. Series I (Extended). These comprise the Army headquarters (AHQ) direct command units UCP based on the AHQ UCP of 1946, the Trg comd units UCP based on the AHQ Schools (now HQ Trg Comd) patch of 1946, the RAR battalions UCP based on the pattern of the battalions UCPs of 34 Aust Inf Bde 1945-49, and the BASB UCPs, based on the UCPs of associated brigade headquarters. Provision has also been made, for whenever required, for the UCPs of the 72 battalion patches of the 1st AIF to be extended to 120 by filling the breaks in shape and colour patterns. Series II. These comprise the square base patches identifying by unique colour combinations the five higher headquarters (see paragraph 3610.b.) and HOC staff. By a combination of sixty different superimposed shapes combined with twenty discrete colours, up to twelve hundred UCP can be provided to identify non-corps units under command each of the five headquarters, and each corps units, if and whenever required.

b.

c.

3717. The Series II UCP are produced on a 40 mm square base, and Series I/Series I (Extended) have been scaled proportionately to the Series II size. The sizes are based on the space available on the puggaree of the hat KFF. 3718. While non-corps units patterns indicate broad role association, and corps units no role association, patterns reflecting tactical grouping are not incorporated, as tactical grouping is subject to change. 3719. Series I UCP are to be worn as described in the ACPR. This involves the consideration of leading colours as described in the ACPR for some Royal Australian Armoured Corps and RAA patches. This means that the UCP worn by some units will not appear the same as shown on UCP charts which show only the left hand patches. 3720. Series II UCP incorporating two or more colours divided vertically or diagonally will have only one pattern; there is no provision for a leading colour involving left and right side UCP if at any time in the future UCP are worn on the left side of clothing or headdress. 3721. 3722. 3723. 3724. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved.

37-5 Positioning of Unit Colour Patch 3725. UCP are to be sewn on and worn centrally on the right side of the puggaree of the hat khaki fur felt (KFF) in ceremonial, general duty and barracks forms of dress. They are not approved for wear on other forms of headdress or other items of clothing. The correct positioning of a UCP is shown in figure 37-1.

Figure 37-1 - Positioning of Unit Colour Patch on Hat Khaki Fur Felt Provision of Unit Colour Patch 3726. Approved manufacturers are to nominated to produce approved UCP on unit direct demand. The manufacturers will be provided with design specification and will hold sealed patterns of both Series I and II UCP. The manufacturers contact details will be advised direct to units. 3727. When a unit has been authorised a UCP, it will place its demand on the authorised manufacturer, quoting the UCP authority, and the number of UCP required. Funding will be from the units allocation for Direct Unit Funding. The demand is to be placed using the pro forma at annex B. Units are to provide two UCP to Ceremonial Section, DGPSC-A for quality control and a central historical collection. 3728. Maintenance demands may be made as required. The pro forma annex B is to e used also for these maintenance demands. 3729. Reserved.

Administration 3730. DGPSC-A (Ceremonial Section) is responsible for the Army Headquarters aspects of the administration of the UCP system. These aspects are as follows: a. b. Accepting, vetting and issuing amendments to the ACPR. Issuing replacement copies of the ACPR when justified by formal loss reports.

37-6 c. d. e. Issuing copies of the ACPR to newly raised headquarters, HOC, army schools etc to maintain the pattern of issue established by the ACPR distribution list pages vii to xi. Withdrawing copies of the ACPR from units and other organisations on the distribution list, when about to be disbanded. Accepting, vetting and issuing amendments to this part, in particular chapter 38 on a periodic basis when new UCP are authorised, variations are authorised or authorisations are cancelled. Filling and vetting Army Headquarters Organisations as issued to DGPSC-A on standard Directorate of Establishments - Army (DESTB-A) distribution in order to anticipate action required in colour patch administration through DESTB-A action in raising, amalgamating, linking and disbanding units. Initiating consultation with the five Headquarters and HOC regarding Series I or II UCP to be authorised for new units and amalgamating units, issuing authorisation for these when agreed, and for linking units as detailed in paragraph 3707. Issuing cancellations of authorisations for units disbanded, as detailed in paragraph 3708. Submission for a Series I Unit Colour Patch Demand for Supply of Unit Colour Patch

f.

g.

h. Annexes: A. B.

ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 37

SUBMISSION FOR A SERIES I UNIT COLOUR PATCH

Reference: A. Army Standing Orders for Dress, volume 2, chapter 37

PART 1
Unit Action 1. Title of unit making the submission: Unit address:

Unit contact officer: Telephone: 2. The unit and authority for the original colour patch which is claimed is: Unit: Authority: 3. Attached at annex A is the statement, with supporting documentary evidence, demonstrating clear and direct lineage to the unit whose colour patch is claimed. 4. Attached at annex B is the statement, including supporting documentary evidence, which gives a comparison of the roles of the claiming unit and the original unit. 5. Pattern, control sample and authority have been obtained from DGPSC-A. Attached at annex C are the Pers Div control sample and the proposed manufacturers sample for comparison. (Note) (Note: this requirement will not apply when approved manufacturers are providing embroidered UCP - procedure will then be as per paragraph 3727).

Signature: Name: Rank: Appointment: Date: Annexes: A. B. C. Statement of Lineage to Original Unit Statement of Comparison of Roles of Claiming Unit and Original Unit Control Sample and Manufacturers Sample.

37A-2

PART 2
Superior Headquarters Action The submission is supported/NOT supported (return to unit) (Note 1)

Signature: Name: Rank: Appointment: Date: ______________________________________________________________________________________ Next Superior Headquarters Action (if applicable) The submission is supported/NOT supported (return to Unit) (Note 1)

Signature: Name: Rank: Appointment: Date: ______________________________________________________________________________________ Next Superior Headquarters Action (if applicable) The submission is supported/NOT supported (return to Unit) (Note 1)

Signature: Name: Rank: Appointment: Date: ______________________________________________________________________________________

37A-3

PART 3
Head of Corps Action 6. The submission has been reviewed by the regimental colonel, honorary colonel or colonel commandant (as appropriate), who supports/does NOT support it. 7. The submission is supported/NOT supported (return to unit) (Note 1).

Signature: Name: Rank: Appointment: Date: ______________________________________________________________________________________

PART 4
Director-General personal Support and Conditions - Army Action 8. 9. 10.
Lineage, role, and uniqueness etc aspects are satisfactory/NOT satisfactory (return to unit) (Note 1).

The granting of an entitlement is recommended/NOT recommended (return to unit) (Note 1). The standard of proposed manufacture is acceptable/NOT acceptable (return to unit) (Note 1).

LTCOL SO1 Ceremonial ______________________________________________________________________________________ The entitlement is granted/NOT granted.

COL DGPSC-A for ACPERS-A ______________________________________________________________________________________

37A-4 Granting of entitlement advised to head of corps, intermediate headquarters and the unit as appropriate.

WO1 RSM Ceremonial and Protocol Date: ______________________________________________________________________________________ Notes: Unsupported 1. proposals are to be returned to the initiating unit for either amendment, additional justification or for no further action. Manufacturers 2. samples are to be provided as they would be affixed to hats, not mounted on cards or other means of display.

ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 37

DEMAND FOR SUPPLY OF UNIT COLOUR PATCH

Reference: A. To: Army Standing Orders for Dress, volume 2, chapter 37

Arcade Badge Embroidery Co Pty Ltd 578 Princes Highway ST PETERS NSW 2044 Telephone: (02) 9557 5522 Fax: (02) 9517 1255

Demanding Unit Details Title of unit making the submission: Unit address:

Unit contact officer: Telephone:

Signature: Name: Rank: Appointment: Date: Unit Colour Patch Details The supply of the following UCP is requested: [Information from unit UCP allocation advice] Series: Title: Code: Type: Qty:

[Line Drawing showing colours of UCP]

CHAPTER 38

UNIT COLOUR PATCH REGISTER

(To Be Issued)

CHAPTER 39

EXPANSION BASE

(To Be Issued)

PART 7 OTHER ORGANISATIONS

CHAPTER 40

AUSTRALIAN ARMY CADET CORPS

(To Be Issued)

UNCLASSIFIED

ACTION FROM: TO:

PREC:

Routine ARMY HQ AIG 13135 AIG 13141 AIG 13143 AIG 13150 AIG 13153 AIG 13154 AIG 13161

MSG REF:

SIC WAN/ZBA

DTG: 0305252 MAY 01

PERS 019/01 SUBJ: CEREMONIAL

AND

DRESS

UPDATE

A. ASOD VOL 1 - 2000 B. ASOD VOL2 C. CEREMONIAL MANUAL 1. THE PURPOSE OF THIS SIGNAL IS TO PROVIDE AN UPDATE TO VARIOUS DRESS AND CEREMONIAL ISSUES THAT HAVE BEEN RAISED IN THE PAST WEEKS. 2. AS THE INVESTITURES FOR AUSTRALIA DAY 01 HONOURS ARE ABOUT TO BEGIN, MILITARY RECIPIANTS ARE REMINDED THAT THE DRESS FOR INVESTITURES IS CEREMONIAL SERVICE DRESS 1B. FOR RECIPIENTS WHO HAVE NOT BEEN ISSUED WITH THIS FORM OF DRESS AND CANNOT BE ISSUED IN TIME FOR INVESTITURE CEREMONIAL DRESS 2C IS TO BE WORN. RECIPIENTS ARE TO WEAR THE RIBBON BAR ONLY TO RECEIVE THE MEDAL. 3. GUESTS AND SPECTATORS TO THE ABOVE-MENTIONED CEREMONY WEAR THE SIMILAR FORM OF DRESS, WITH MEDALS AND DECORATIONS AS APPROPRIATE. 4. NAMEPLATES - THE STANDARD ISSUE ARMY NAME PLATE IS DEPICTED IN REF B. THE ONLY COMMANDS/FORMATIONS/UNITS ETC, AUTHORISED TO WEAR A DISTINCTIVE NAME PLATE ARE AS FOLLOWS: A. ARMY HEADQUARTERS (AHQ) B. ARMY PERSONNEL POSTED TO ADFA C. HQ ADF D. DEFENCE OR JOINT SERVICE ESTABLISHMENTS

E. DEFENCE RECRUITING 5. IN ALL OTHER CASES THE STANDARD ISSUE NAMEPLATE IS TO BE WORN. 6. PTI HEAD DRESS - THE CURRENT ISSUE WHITE CAP AS WORN BY PTIS IS A MODE OF UNIFORM HEAD DRESS. WHEN WEARING THIS CAP, MEMBERS ARE TO SALUTE WHERE APPROPRIATE. THE WEARING OF THE CAP IS NOT OPTIONAL AND IS TO BE WORN AS PART OF DRESS ORDER PTl. THE CAP MAY BE REMOVED WHEN ENGAGED IN INSTRUCTIONAL PERIODS OF PT WHERE THE WEARING OF THE CAP IS IMPRACTICLE. 7. ASOD UPDATE - THE ACCEPTANCE OF ASOD VOL ONE IN ITS LATEST FORM

Received:

03 May 2001

05:35:00

Printed:

03 May 2001 22:11:06

Page 1 I

UNCLASSIFIED I